elf32-sh.c revision 1.1.1.1
1/* Renesas / SuperH SH specific support for 32-bit ELF
2   Copyright 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005,
3   2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4   Contributed by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5
6   This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7
8   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11   (at your option) any later version.
12
13   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
16   GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20   Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21   MA 02110-1301, USA.  */
22
23#include "sysdep.h"
24#include "bfd.h"
25#include "bfdlink.h"
26#include "libbfd.h"
27#include "elf-bfd.h"
28#include "elf-vxworks.h"
29#include "elf/sh.h"
30#include "dwarf2.h"
31#include "libiberty.h"
32#include "../opcodes/sh-opc.h"
33
34static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_reloc
35  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
36static bfd_reloc_status_type sh_elf_ignore_reloc
37  (bfd *, arelent *, asymbol *, void *, asection *, bfd *, char **);
38static bfd_boolean sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes
39  (bfd *, asection *, bfd_vma, int);
40static bfd_boolean sh_elf_align_loads
41  (bfd *, asection *, Elf_Internal_Rela *, bfd_byte *, bfd_boolean *);
42#ifndef SH64_ELF
43static bfd_boolean sh_elf_swap_insns
44  (bfd *, asection *, void *, bfd_byte *, bfd_vma);
45#endif
46static int sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc
47  (struct bfd_link_info *, int, int);
48static bfd_vma dtpoff_base
49  (struct bfd_link_info *);
50static bfd_vma tpoff
51  (struct bfd_link_info *, bfd_vma);
52
53/* The name of the dynamic interpreter.  This is put in the .interp
54   section.  */
55
56#define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/libc.so.1"
57
58/* FDPIC binaries have a default 128K stack.  */
59#define DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE 0x20000
60
61#define MINUS_ONE ((bfd_vma) 0 - 1)
62
63/* Decide whether a reference to a symbol can be resolved locally or
64   not.  If the symbol is protected, we want the local address, but
65   its function descriptor must be assigned by the dynamic linker.  */
66#define SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL(INFO, H) \
67  (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (INFO, H) \
68   || ! elf_hash_table (INFO)->dynamic_sections_created)
69
70#define SH_PARTIAL32 TRUE
71#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0xffffffff
72#define SH_ELF_RELOC sh_elf_reloc
73static reloc_howto_type sh_elf_howto_table[] =
74{
75#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
76};
77
78#define SH_PARTIAL32 FALSE
79#define SH_SRC_MASK32 0
80#define SH_ELF_RELOC bfd_elf_generic_reloc
81static reloc_howto_type sh_vxworks_howto_table[] =
82{
83#include "elf32-sh-relocs.h"
84};
85
86/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is a VxWorks object.  */
87
88static bfd_boolean
89vxworks_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
90{
91#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
92  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec;
93  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec;
94
95  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
96	  || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec);
97#else
98  return FALSE;
99#endif
100}
101
102/* Return true if OUTPUT_BFD is an FDPIC object.  */
103
104static bfd_boolean
105fdpic_object_p (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
106{
107#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
108  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shfd_vec;
109  extern const bfd_target bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec;
110
111  return (abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
112	  || abfd->xvec == &bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec);
113#else
114  return FALSE;
115#endif
116}
117
118/* Return the howto table for ABFD.  */
119
120static reloc_howto_type *
121get_howto_table (bfd *abfd)
122{
123  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
124    return sh_vxworks_howto_table;
125  return sh_elf_howto_table;
126}
127
128static bfd_reloc_status_type
129sh_elf_reloc_loop (int r_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd *input_bfd,
130		   asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
131		   bfd_vma addr, asection *symbol_section,
132		   bfd_vma start, bfd_vma end)
133{
134  static bfd_vma last_addr;
135  static asection *last_symbol_section;
136  bfd_byte *start_ptr, *ptr, *last_ptr;
137  int diff, cum_diff;
138  bfd_signed_vma x;
139  int insn;
140
141  /* Sanity check the address.  */
142  if (addr > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
143    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
144
145  /* We require the start and end relocations to be processed consecutively -
146     although we allow then to be processed forwards or backwards.  */
147  if (! last_addr)
148    {
149      last_addr = addr;
150      last_symbol_section = symbol_section;
151      return bfd_reloc_ok;
152    }
153  if (last_addr != addr)
154    abort ();
155  last_addr = 0;
156
157  if (! symbol_section || last_symbol_section != symbol_section || end < start)
158    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
159
160  /* Get the symbol_section contents.  */
161  if (symbol_section != input_section)
162    {
163      if (elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
164	contents = elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents;
165      else
166	{
167	  if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (input_bfd, symbol_section,
168					   &contents))
169	    {
170	      if (contents != NULL)
171		free (contents);
172	      return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
173	    }
174	}
175    }
176#define IS_PPI(PTR) ((bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, (PTR)) & 0xfc00) == 0xf800)
177  start_ptr = contents + start;
178  for (cum_diff = -6, ptr = contents + end; cum_diff < 0 && ptr > start_ptr;)
179    {
180      for (last_ptr = ptr, ptr -= 4; ptr >= start_ptr && IS_PPI (ptr);)
181	ptr -= 2;
182      ptr += 2;
183      diff = (last_ptr - ptr) >> 1;
184      cum_diff += diff & 1;
185      cum_diff += diff;
186    }
187  /* Calculate the start / end values to load into rs / re minus four -
188     so that will cancel out the four we would otherwise have to add to
189     addr to get the value to subtract in order to get relative addressing.  */
190  if (cum_diff >= 0)
191    {
192      start -= 4;
193      end = (ptr + cum_diff * 2) - contents;
194    }
195  else
196    {
197      bfd_vma start0 = start - 4;
198
199      while (start0 && IS_PPI (contents + start0))
200	start0 -= 2;
201      start0 = start - 2 - ((start - start0) & 2);
202      start = start0 - cum_diff - 2;
203      end = start0;
204    }
205
206  if (contents != NULL
207      && elf_section_data (symbol_section)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
208    free (contents);
209
210  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + addr);
211
212  x = (insn & 0x200 ? end : start) - addr;
213  if (input_section != symbol_section)
214    x += ((symbol_section->output_section->vma + symbol_section->output_offset)
215	  - (input_section->output_section->vma
216	     + input_section->output_offset));
217  x >>= 1;
218  if (x < -128 || x > 127)
219    return bfd_reloc_overflow;
220
221  x = (insn & ~0xff) | (x & 0xff);
222  bfd_put_16 (input_bfd, (bfd_vma) x, contents + addr);
223
224  return bfd_reloc_ok;
225}
226
227/* This function is used for normal relocs.  This used to be like the COFF
228   function, and is almost certainly incorrect for other ELF targets.  */
229
230static bfd_reloc_status_type
231sh_elf_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol_in,
232	      void *data, asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
233	      char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
234{
235  unsigned long insn;
236  bfd_vma sym_value;
237  enum elf_sh_reloc_type r_type;
238  bfd_vma addr = reloc_entry->address;
239  bfd_byte *hit_data = addr + (bfd_byte *) data;
240
241  r_type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) reloc_entry->howto->type;
242
243  if (output_bfd != NULL)
244    {
245      /* Partial linking--do nothing.  */
246      reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
247      return bfd_reloc_ok;
248    }
249
250  /* Almost all relocs have to do with relaxing.  If any work must be
251     done for them, it has been done in sh_relax_section.  */
252  if (r_type == R_SH_IND12W && (symbol_in->flags & BSF_LOCAL) != 0)
253    return bfd_reloc_ok;
254
255  if (symbol_in != NULL
256      && bfd_is_und_section (symbol_in->section))
257    return bfd_reloc_undefined;
258
259  if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol_in->section))
260    sym_value = 0;
261  else
262    sym_value = (symbol_in->value +
263		 symbol_in->section->output_section->vma +
264		 symbol_in->section->output_offset);
265
266  switch (r_type)
267    {
268    case R_SH_DIR32:
269      insn = bfd_get_32 (abfd, hit_data);
270      insn += sym_value + reloc_entry->addend;
271      bfd_put_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
272      break;
273    case R_SH_IND12W:
274      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, hit_data);
275      sym_value += reloc_entry->addend;
276      sym_value -= (input_section->output_section->vma
277		    + input_section->output_offset
278		    + addr
279		    + 4);
280      sym_value += (insn & 0xfff) << 1;
281      if (insn & 0x800)
282	sym_value -= 0x1000;
283      insn = (insn & 0xf000) | (sym_value & 0xfff);
284      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, hit_data);
285      if (sym_value < (bfd_vma) -0x1000 || sym_value >= 0x1000)
286	return bfd_reloc_overflow;
287      break;
288    default:
289      abort ();
290      break;
291    }
292
293  return bfd_reloc_ok;
294}
295
296/* This function is used for relocs which are only used for relaxing,
297   which the linker should otherwise ignore.  */
298
299static bfd_reloc_status_type
300sh_elf_ignore_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
301		     asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
302		     void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *input_section,
303		     bfd *output_bfd,
304		     char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
305{
306  if (output_bfd != NULL)
307    reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
308  return bfd_reloc_ok;
309}
310
311/* This structure is used to map BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
312
313struct elf_reloc_map
314{
315  bfd_reloc_code_real_type bfd_reloc_val;
316  unsigned char elf_reloc_val;
317};
318
319/* An array mapping BFD reloc codes to SH ELF relocs.  */
320
321static const struct elf_reloc_map sh_reloc_map[] =
322{
323  { BFD_RELOC_NONE, R_SH_NONE },
324  { BFD_RELOC_32, R_SH_DIR32 },
325  { BFD_RELOC_16, R_SH_DIR16 },
326  { BFD_RELOC_8, R_SH_DIR8 },
327  { BFD_RELOC_CTOR, R_SH_DIR32 },
328  { BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL, R_SH_REL32 },
329  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPN },
330  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCDISP12BY2, R_SH_IND12W },
331  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY2, R_SH_DIR8WPZ },
332  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PCRELIMM8BY4, R_SH_DIR8WPL },
333  { BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL, R_SH_SWITCH8 },
334  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH16, R_SH_SWITCH16 },
335  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SWITCH32, R_SH_SWITCH32 },
336  { BFD_RELOC_SH_USES, R_SH_USES },
337  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COUNT, R_SH_COUNT },
338  { BFD_RELOC_SH_ALIGN, R_SH_ALIGN },
339  { BFD_RELOC_SH_CODE, R_SH_CODE },
340  { BFD_RELOC_SH_DATA, R_SH_DATA },
341  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LABEL, R_SH_LABEL },
342  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT, R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT },
343  { BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY, R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY },
344  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_START, R_SH_LOOP_START },
345  { BFD_RELOC_SH_LOOP_END, R_SH_LOOP_END },
346  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_GD_32, R_SH_TLS_GD_32 },
347  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LD_32, R_SH_TLS_LD_32 },
348  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LDO_32, R_SH_TLS_LDO_32 },
349  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_IE_32, R_SH_TLS_IE_32 },
350  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_LE_32, R_SH_TLS_LE_32 },
351  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 },
352  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32 },
353  { BFD_RELOC_SH_TLS_TPOFF32, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 },
354  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOT_PCREL, R_SH_GOT32 },
355  { BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL, R_SH_PLT32 },
356  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY, R_SH_COPY },
357  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT, R_SH_GLOB_DAT },
358  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT, R_SH_JMP_SLOT },
359  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE, R_SH_RELATIVE },
360  { BFD_RELOC_32_GOTOFF, R_SH_GOTOFF },
361  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC, R_SH_GOTPC },
362  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT32, R_SH_GOTPLT32 },
363  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT20, R_SH_GOT20 },
364  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF20, R_SH_GOTOFF20 },
365  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC },
366  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20 },
367  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC },
368  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20 },
369  { BFD_RELOC_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_FUNCDESC },
370#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
371  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_LOW16, R_SH_GOT_LOW16 },
372  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16 },
373  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16 },
374  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT_HI16, R_SH_GOT_HI16 },
375  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16 },
376  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16 },
377  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16 },
378  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT_HI16, R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16 },
379  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_LOW16, R_SH_PLT_LOW16 },
380  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16, R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16 },
381  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_MEDHI16, R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16 },
382  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PLT_HI16, R_SH_PLT_HI16 },
383  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16 },
384  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16 },
385  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16 },
386  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTOFF_HI16, R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16 },
387  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_LOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16 },
388  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16 },
389  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16, R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16 },
390  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPC_HI16, R_SH_GOTPC_HI16 },
391  { BFD_RELOC_SH_COPY64, R_SH_COPY64 },
392  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GLOB_DAT64, R_SH_GLOB_DAT64 },
393  { BFD_RELOC_SH_JMP_SLOT64, R_SH_JMP_SLOT64 },
394  { BFD_RELOC_SH_RELATIVE64, R_SH_RELATIVE64 },
395  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY4, R_SH_GOT10BY4 },
396  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOT10BY8, R_SH_GOT10BY8 },
397  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY4, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4 },
398  { BFD_RELOC_SH_GOTPLT10BY8, R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8 },
399  { BFD_RELOC_SH_PT_16, R_SH_PT_16 },
400  { BFD_RELOC_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE, R_SH_SHMEDIA_CODE },
401  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU5, R_SH_DIR5U },
402  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS6, R_SH_DIR6S },
403  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU6, R_SH_DIR6U },
404  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10, R_SH_DIR10S },
405  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY2, R_SH_DIR10SW },
406  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY4, R_SH_DIR10SL },
407  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS10BY8, R_SH_DIR10SQ },
408  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMS16, R_SH_IMMS16 },
409  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMMU16, R_SH_IMMU16 },
410  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16, R_SH_IMM_LOW16 },
411  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL },
412  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16 },
413  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL },
414  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16 },
415  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL },
416  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16, R_SH_IMM_HI16 },
417  { BFD_RELOC_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL, R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL },
418  { BFD_RELOC_64, R_SH_64 },
419  { BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL, R_SH_64_PCREL },
420#endif /* not INCLUDE_SHMEDIA */
421};
422
423/* Given a BFD reloc code, return the howto structure for the
424   corresponding SH ELF reloc.  */
425
426static reloc_howto_type *
427sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd *abfd, bfd_reloc_code_real_type code)
428{
429  unsigned int i;
430
431  for (i = 0; i < sizeof (sh_reloc_map) / sizeof (struct elf_reloc_map); i++)
432    {
433      if (sh_reloc_map[i].bfd_reloc_val == code)
434	return get_howto_table (abfd) + (int) sh_reloc_map[i].elf_reloc_val;
435    }
436
437  return NULL;
438}
439
440static reloc_howto_type *
441sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd *abfd, const char *r_name)
442{
443  unsigned int i;
444
445  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
446    {
447      for (i = 0;
448	   i < (sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table)
449		/ sizeof (sh_vxworks_howto_table[0]));
450	   i++)
451	if (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name != NULL
452	    && strcasecmp (sh_vxworks_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
453	  return &sh_vxworks_howto_table[i];
454    }
455  else
456    {
457      for (i = 0;
458	   i < (sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table)
459		/ sizeof (sh_elf_howto_table[0]));
460	   i++)
461	if (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name != NULL
462	    && strcasecmp (sh_elf_howto_table[i].name, r_name) == 0)
463	  return &sh_elf_howto_table[i];
464    }
465
466  return NULL;
467}
468
469/* Given an ELF reloc, fill in the howto field of a relent.  */
470
471static void
472sh_elf_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd, arelent *cache_ptr, Elf_Internal_Rela *dst)
473{
474  unsigned int r;
475
476  r = ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info);
477
478  BFD_ASSERT (r < (unsigned int) R_SH_max);
479  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC);
480  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2);
481  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3);
482  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4);
483  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5);
484  BFD_ASSERT (r < R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6 || r > R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6);
485
486  cache_ptr->howto = get_howto_table (abfd) + r;
487}
488
489/* This function handles relaxing for SH ELF.  See the corresponding
490   function in coff-sh.c for a description of what this does.  FIXME:
491   There is a lot of duplication here between this code and the COFF
492   specific code.  The format of relocs and symbols is wound deeply
493   into this code, but it would still be better if the duplication
494   could be eliminated somehow.  Note in particular that although both
495   functions use symbols like R_SH_CODE, those symbols have different
496   values; in coff-sh.c they come from include/coff/sh.h, whereas here
497   they come from enum elf_sh_reloc_type in include/elf/sh.h.  */
498
499static bfd_boolean
500sh_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
501		      struct bfd_link_info *link_info, bfd_boolean *again)
502{
503  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
504  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
505  bfd_boolean have_code;
506  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
507  bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
508  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
509
510  *again = FALSE;
511
512  if (link_info->relocatable
513      || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
514      || sec->reloc_count == 0)
515    return TRUE;
516
517#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
518  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_flags
519      & (SHF_SH5_ISA32 | SHF_SH5_ISA32_MIXED))
520    {
521      return TRUE;
522    }
523#endif
524
525  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
526
527  internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
528		     (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
529		      link_info->keep_memory));
530  if (internal_relocs == NULL)
531    goto error_return;
532
533  have_code = FALSE;
534
535  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
536  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
537    {
538      bfd_vma laddr, paddr, symval;
539      unsigned short insn;
540      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelfn, *irelscan, *irelcount;
541      bfd_signed_vma foff;
542
543      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_CODE)
544	have_code = TRUE;
545
546      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_USES)
547	continue;
548
549      /* Get the section contents.  */
550      if (contents == NULL)
551	{
552	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
553	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
554	  else
555	    {
556	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
557		goto error_return;
558	    }
559	}
560
561      /* The r_addend field of the R_SH_USES reloc will point us to
562	 the register load.  The 4 is because the r_addend field is
563	 computed as though it were a jump offset, which are based
564	 from 4 bytes after the jump instruction.  */
565      laddr = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
566      if (laddr >= sec->size)
567	{
568	  (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES offset"),
569				 abfd,
570				 (unsigned long) irel->r_offset);
571	  continue;
572	}
573      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + laddr);
574
575      /* If the instruction is not mov.l NN,rN, we don't know what to
576	 do.  */
577      if ((insn & 0xf000) != 0xd000)
578	{
579	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
580	   (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: R_SH_USES points to unrecognized insn 0x%x"),
581	    abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset, insn));
582	  continue;
583	}
584
585      /* Get the address from which the register is being loaded.  The
586	 displacement in the mov.l instruction is quadrupled.  It is a
587	 displacement from four bytes after the movl instruction, but,
588	 before adding in the PC address, two least significant bits
589	 of the PC are cleared.  We assume that the section is aligned
590	 on a four byte boundary.  */
591      paddr = insn & 0xff;
592      paddr *= 4;
593      paddr += (laddr + 4) &~ (bfd_vma) 3;
594      if (paddr >= sec->size)
595	{
596	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
597	   (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad R_SH_USES load offset"),
598	    abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
599	  continue;
600	}
601
602      /* Get the reloc for the address from which the register is
603	 being loaded.  This reloc will tell us which function is
604	 actually being called.  */
605      for (irelfn = internal_relocs; irelfn < irelend; irelfn++)
606	if (irelfn->r_offset == paddr
607	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelfn->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DIR32)
608	  break;
609      if (irelfn >= irelend)
610	{
611	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
612	   (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected reloc"),
613	    abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
614	  continue;
615	}
616
617      /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already.  */
618      if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
619	{
620	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
621	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
622	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
623					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
624					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
625	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
626	    goto error_return;
627	}
628
629      /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc.  */
630      if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
631	{
632	  /* A local symbol.  */
633	  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
634
635	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info);
636	  if (isym->st_shndx
637	      != (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec))
638	    {
639	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
640	       (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: symbol in unexpected section"),
641		abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
642	      continue;
643	    }
644
645	  symval = (isym->st_value
646		    + sec->output_section->vma
647		    + sec->output_offset);
648	}
649      else
650	{
651	  unsigned long indx;
652	  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
653
654	  indx = ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
655	  h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
656	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
657	  if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
658	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
659	    {
660	      /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
661		 symbol.  Just ignore it--it will be caught by the
662		 regular reloc processing.  */
663	      continue;
664	    }
665
666	  symval = (h->root.u.def.value
667		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
668		    + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
669	}
670
671      if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
672	symval += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
673      else
674	symval += irelfn->r_addend;
675
676      /* See if this function call can be shortened.  */
677      foff = (symval
678	      - (irel->r_offset
679		 + sec->output_section->vma
680		 + sec->output_offset
681		 + 4));
682      /* A branch to an address beyond ours might be increased by an
683	 .align that doesn't move when bytes behind us are deleted.
684	 So, we add some slop in this calculation to allow for
685	 that.  */
686      if (foff < -0x1000 || foff >= 0x1000 - 8)
687	{
688	  /* After all that work, we can't shorten this function call.  */
689	  continue;
690	}
691
692      /* Shorten the function call.  */
693
694      /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the section
695	 contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol table.  We
696	 must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
697	 information.  It would be possible to instead create a table
698	 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
699	 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
700	 the linker is run.  */
701
702      elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
703      elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
704      symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
705
706      /* Replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
707
708      /* Change the R_SH_USES reloc into an R_SH_IND12W reloc, and
709	 replace the jsr with a bsr.  */
710      irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info), R_SH_IND12W);
711      /* We used to test (ELF32_R_SYM (irelfn->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
712	 here, but that only checks if the symbol is an external symbol,
713	 not if the symbol is in a different section.  Besides, we need
714	 a consistent meaning for the relocation, so we just assume here that
715	 the value of the symbol is not available.  */
716
717      /* We can't fully resolve this yet, because the external
718	 symbol value may be changed by future relaxing.  We let
719	 the final link phase handle it.  */
720      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) 0xb000, contents + irel->r_offset);
721
722      irel->r_addend = -4;
723
724      /* When we calculated the symbol "value" we had an offset in the
725	 DIR32's word in memory (we read and add it above).  However,
726	 the jsr we create does NOT have this offset encoded, so we
727	 have to add it to the addend to preserve it.  */
728      irel->r_addend += bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + paddr);
729
730      /* See if there is another R_SH_USES reloc referring to the same
731	 register load.  */
732      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelend; irelscan++)
733	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_USES
734	    && laddr == irelscan->r_offset + 4 + irelscan->r_addend)
735	  break;
736      if (irelscan < irelend)
737	{
738	  /* Some other function call depends upon this register load,
739	     and we have not yet converted that function call.
740	     Indeed, we may never be able to convert it.  There is
741	     nothing else we can do at this point.  */
742	  continue;
743	}
744
745      /* Look for a R_SH_COUNT reloc on the location where the
746	 function address is stored.  Do this before deleting any
747	 bytes, to avoid confusion about the address.  */
748      for (irelcount = internal_relocs; irelcount < irelend; irelcount++)
749	if (irelcount->r_offset == paddr
750	    && ELF32_R_TYPE (irelcount->r_info) == (int) R_SH_COUNT)
751	  break;
752
753      /* Delete the register load.  */
754      if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, laddr, 2))
755	goto error_return;
756
757      /* That will change things, so, just in case it permits some
758	 other function call to come within range, we should relax
759	 again.  Note that this is not required, and it may be slow.  */
760      *again = TRUE;
761
762      /* Now check whether we got a COUNT reloc.  */
763      if (irelcount >= irelend)
764	{
765	  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
766	   (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: could not find expected COUNT reloc"),
767	    abfd, (unsigned long) paddr));
768	  continue;
769	}
770
771      /* The number of uses is stored in the r_addend field.  We've
772	 just deleted one.  */
773      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
774	{
775	  ((*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: 0x%lx: warning: bad count"),
776				  abfd,
777				  (unsigned long) paddr));
778	  continue;
779	}
780
781      --irelcount->r_addend;
782
783      /* If there are no more uses, we can delete the address.  Reload
784	 the address from irelfn, in case it was changed by the
785	 previous call to sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes.  */
786      if (irelcount->r_addend == 0)
787	{
788	  if (! sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, irelfn->r_offset, 4))
789	    goto error_return;
790	}
791
792      /* We've done all we can with that function call.  */
793    }
794
795  /* Look for load and store instructions that we can align on four
796     byte boundaries.  */
797  if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK) != EF_SH4
798      && have_code)
799    {
800      bfd_boolean swapped;
801
802      /* Get the section contents.  */
803      if (contents == NULL)
804	{
805	  if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
806	    contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
807	  else
808	    {
809	      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
810		goto error_return;
811	    }
812	}
813
814      if (! sh_elf_align_loads (abfd, sec, internal_relocs, contents,
815				&swapped))
816	goto error_return;
817
818      if (swapped)
819	{
820	  elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
821	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
822	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
823	}
824    }
825
826  if (isymbuf != NULL
827      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
828    {
829      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
830	free (isymbuf);
831      else
832	{
833	  /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
834	  symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
835	}
836    }
837
838  if (contents != NULL
839      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
840    {
841      if (! link_info->keep_memory)
842	free (contents);
843      else
844	{
845	  /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd.  */
846	  elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
847	}
848    }
849
850  if (internal_relocs != NULL
851      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
852    free (internal_relocs);
853
854  return TRUE;
855
856 error_return:
857  if (isymbuf != NULL
858      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
859    free (isymbuf);
860  if (contents != NULL
861      && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
862    free (contents);
863  if (internal_relocs != NULL
864      && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
865    free (internal_relocs);
866
867  return FALSE;
868}
869
870/* Delete some bytes from a section while relaxing.  FIXME: There is a
871   lot of duplication between this function and sh_relax_delete_bytes
872   in coff-sh.c.  */
873
874static bfd_boolean
875sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_vma addr,
876			   int count)
877{
878  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
879  unsigned int sec_shndx;
880  bfd_byte *contents;
881  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
882  Elf_Internal_Rela *irelalign;
883  bfd_vma toaddr;
884  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf, *isym, *isymend;
885  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
886  struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
887  unsigned int symcount;
888  asection *o;
889
890  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
891  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
892
893  sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
894
895  contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
896
897  /* The deletion must stop at the next ALIGN reloc for an aligment
898     power larger than the number of bytes we are deleting.  */
899
900  irelalign = NULL;
901  toaddr = sec->size;
902
903  irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
904  irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
905  for (; irel < irelend; irel++)
906    {
907      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
908	  && irel->r_offset > addr
909	  && count < (1 << irel->r_addend))
910	{
911	  irelalign = irel;
912	  toaddr = irel->r_offset;
913	  break;
914	}
915    }
916
917  /* Actually delete the bytes.  */
918  memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
919	   (size_t) (toaddr - addr - count));
920  if (irelalign == NULL)
921    sec->size -= count;
922  else
923    {
924      int i;
925
926#define NOP_OPCODE (0x0009)
927
928      BFD_ASSERT ((count & 1) == 0);
929      for (i = 0; i < count; i += 2)
930	bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) NOP_OPCODE, contents + toaddr - count + i);
931    }
932
933  /* Adjust all the relocs.  */
934  for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
935    {
936      bfd_vma nraddr, stop;
937      bfd_vma start = 0;
938      int insn = 0;
939      int off, adjust, oinsn;
940      bfd_signed_vma voff = 0;
941      bfd_boolean overflow;
942
943      /* Get the new reloc address.  */
944      nraddr = irel->r_offset;
945      if ((irel->r_offset > addr
946	   && irel->r_offset < toaddr)
947	  || (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_ALIGN
948	      && irel->r_offset == toaddr))
949	nraddr -= count;
950
951      /* See if this reloc was for the bytes we have deleted, in which
952	 case we no longer care about it.  Don't delete relocs which
953	 represent addresses, though.  */
954      if (irel->r_offset >= addr
955	  && irel->r_offset < addr + count
956	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_ALIGN
957	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE
958	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DATA
959	  && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_LABEL)
960	irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info),
961				     (int) R_SH_NONE);
962
963      /* If this is a PC relative reloc, see if the range it covers
964	 includes the bytes we have deleted.  */
965      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
966	{
967	default:
968	  break;
969
970	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
971	case R_SH_IND12W:
972	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
973	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
974	  start = irel->r_offset;
975	  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
976	  break;
977	}
978
979      switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
980	{
981	default:
982	  start = stop = addr;
983	  break;
984
985	case R_SH_DIR32:
986	  /* If this reloc is against a symbol defined in this
987	     section, and the symbol will not be adjusted below, we
988	     must check the addend to see it will put the value in
989	     range to be adjusted, and hence must be changed.  */
990	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info) < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
991	    {
992	      isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
993	      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
994		  && (isym->st_value <= addr
995		      || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
996		{
997		  bfd_vma val;
998
999		  if (get_howto_table (abfd)[R_SH_DIR32].partial_inplace)
1000		    {
1001		      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1002		      val += isym->st_value;
1003		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1004			bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count, contents + nraddr);
1005		    }
1006		  else
1007		    {
1008		      val = isym->st_value + irel->r_addend;
1009		      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1010			irel->r_addend -= count;
1011		    }
1012		}
1013	    }
1014	  start = stop = addr;
1015	  break;
1016
1017	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1018	  off = insn & 0xff;
1019	  if (off & 0x80)
1020	    off -= 0x100;
1021	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1022	  break;
1023
1024	case R_SH_IND12W:
1025	  off = insn & 0xfff;
1026	  if (! off)
1027	    {
1028	      /* This has been made by previous relaxation.  Since the
1029		 relocation will be against an external symbol, the
1030		 final relocation will just do the right thing.  */
1031	      start = stop = addr;
1032	    }
1033	  else
1034	    {
1035	      if (off & 0x800)
1036		off -= 0x1000;
1037	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + 4 + off * 2);
1038
1039	      /* The addend will be against the section symbol, thus
1040		 for adjusting the addend, the relevant start is the
1041		 start of the section.
1042		 N.B. If we want to abandon in-place changes here and
1043		 test directly using symbol + addend, we have to take into
1044		 account that the addend has already been adjusted by -4.  */
1045	      if (stop > addr && stop < toaddr)
1046		irel->r_addend -= count;
1047	    }
1048	  break;
1049
1050	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1051	  off = insn & 0xff;
1052	  stop = start + 4 + off * 2;
1053	  break;
1054
1055	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1056	  off = insn & 0xff;
1057	  stop = (start & ~(bfd_vma) 3) + 4 + off * 4;
1058	  break;
1059
1060	case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1061	case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1062	case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1063	  /* These relocs types represent
1064	       .word L2-L1
1065	     The r_addend field holds the difference between the reloc
1066	     address and L1.  That is the start of the reloc, and
1067	     adding in the contents gives us the top.  We must adjust
1068	     both the r_offset field and the section contents.
1069	     N.B. in gas / coff bfd, the elf bfd r_addend is called r_offset,
1070	     and the elf bfd r_offset is called r_vaddr.  */
1071
1072	  stop = irel->r_offset;
1073	  start = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irel->r_addend);
1074
1075	  if (start > addr
1076	      && start < toaddr
1077	      && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1078	    irel->r_addend += count;
1079	  else if (stop > addr
1080		   && stop < toaddr
1081		   && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1082	    irel->r_addend -= count;
1083
1084	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH16)
1085	    voff = bfd_get_signed_16 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1086	  else if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH8)
1087	    voff = bfd_get_8 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1088	  else
1089	    voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, contents + nraddr);
1090	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1091
1092	  break;
1093
1094	case R_SH_USES:
1095	  start = irel->r_offset;
1096	  stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start
1097			    + (long) irel->r_addend
1098			    + 4);
1099	  break;
1100	}
1101
1102      if (start > addr
1103	  && start < toaddr
1104	  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1105	adjust = count;
1106      else if (stop > addr
1107	       && stop < toaddr
1108	       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1109	adjust = - count;
1110      else
1111	adjust = 0;
1112
1113      if (adjust != 0)
1114	{
1115	  oinsn = insn;
1116	  overflow = FALSE;
1117	  switch ((enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info))
1118	    {
1119	    default:
1120	      abort ();
1121	      break;
1122
1123	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1124	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1125	      insn += adjust / 2;
1126	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1127		overflow = TRUE;
1128	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1129	      break;
1130
1131	    case R_SH_IND12W:
1132	      insn += adjust / 2;
1133	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1134		overflow = TRUE;
1135	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1136	      break;
1137
1138	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1139	      BFD_ASSERT (adjust == count || count >= 4);
1140	      if (count >= 4)
1141		insn += adjust / 4;
1142	      else
1143		{
1144		  if ((irel->r_offset & 3) == 0)
1145		    ++insn;
1146		}
1147	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1148		overflow = TRUE;
1149	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, contents + nraddr);
1150	      break;
1151
1152	    case R_SH_SWITCH8:
1153	      voff += adjust;
1154	      if (voff < 0 || voff >= 0xff)
1155		overflow = TRUE;
1156	      bfd_put_8 (abfd, voff, contents + nraddr);
1157	      break;
1158
1159	    case R_SH_SWITCH16:
1160	      voff += adjust;
1161	      if (voff < - 0x8000 || voff >= 0x8000)
1162		overflow = TRUE;
1163	      bfd_put_signed_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1164	      break;
1165
1166	    case R_SH_SWITCH32:
1167	      voff += adjust;
1168	      bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff, contents + nraddr);
1169	      break;
1170
1171	    case R_SH_USES:
1172	      irel->r_addend += adjust;
1173	      break;
1174	    }
1175
1176	  if (overflow)
1177	    {
1178	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1179	       (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1180		abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1181	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1182	      return FALSE;
1183	    }
1184	}
1185
1186      irel->r_offset = nraddr;
1187    }
1188
1189  /* Look through all the other sections.  If there contain any IMM32
1190     relocs against internal symbols which we are not going to adjust
1191     below, we may need to adjust the addends.  */
1192  for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
1193    {
1194      Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
1195      Elf_Internal_Rela *irelscan, *irelscanend;
1196      bfd_byte *ocontents;
1197
1198      if (o == sec
1199	  || (o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
1200	  || o->reloc_count == 0)
1201	continue;
1202
1203      /* We always cache the relocs.  Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is
1204	 FALSE, we should free them, if we are permitted to, when we
1205	 leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1206      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
1207			 (abfd, o, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, TRUE));
1208      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
1209	return FALSE;
1210
1211      ocontents = NULL;
1212      irelscanend = internal_relocs + o->reloc_count;
1213      for (irelscan = internal_relocs; irelscan < irelscanend; irelscan++)
1214	{
1215	  /* Dwarf line numbers use R_SH_SWITCH32 relocs.  */
1216	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) == (int) R_SH_SWITCH32)
1217	    {
1218	      bfd_vma start, stop;
1219	      bfd_signed_vma voff;
1220
1221	      if (ocontents == NULL)
1222		{
1223		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1224		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1225		  else
1226		    {
1227		      /* We always cache the section contents.
1228			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1229			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1230			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1231		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1232			{
1233			  if (ocontents != NULL)
1234			    free (ocontents);
1235			  return FALSE;
1236			}
1237
1238		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1239		    }
1240		}
1241
1242	      stop = irelscan->r_offset;
1243	      start
1244		= (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) stop - (long) irelscan->r_addend);
1245
1246	      /* STOP is in a different section, so it won't change.  */
1247	      if (start > addr && start < toaddr)
1248		irelscan->r_addend += count;
1249
1250	      voff = bfd_get_signed_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1251	      stop = (bfd_vma) ((bfd_signed_vma) start + voff);
1252
1253	      if (start > addr
1254		  && start < toaddr
1255		  && (stop <= addr || stop >= toaddr))
1256		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff + count,
1257				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1258	      else if (stop > addr
1259		       && stop < toaddr
1260		       && (start <= addr || start >= toaddr))
1261		bfd_put_signed_32 (abfd, (bfd_vma) voff - count,
1262				   ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1263	    }
1264
1265	  if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irelscan->r_info) != (int) R_SH_DIR32)
1266	    continue;
1267
1268	  if (ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info) >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
1269	    continue;
1270
1271
1272	  isym = isymbuf + ELF32_R_SYM (irelscan->r_info);
1273	  if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1274	      && (isym->st_value <= addr
1275		  || isym->st_value >= toaddr))
1276	    {
1277	      bfd_vma val;
1278
1279	      if (ocontents == NULL)
1280		{
1281		  if (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
1282		    ocontents = elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents;
1283		  else
1284		    {
1285		      /* We always cache the section contents.
1286			 Perhaps, if info->keep_memory is FALSE, we
1287			 should free them, if we are permitted to,
1288			 when we leave sh_coff_relax_section.  */
1289		      if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, o, &ocontents))
1290			{
1291			  if (ocontents != NULL)
1292			    free (ocontents);
1293			  return FALSE;
1294			}
1295
1296		      elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.contents = ocontents;
1297		    }
1298		}
1299
1300	      val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1301	      val += isym->st_value;
1302	      if (val > addr && val < toaddr)
1303		bfd_put_32 (abfd, val - count,
1304			    ocontents + irelscan->r_offset);
1305	    }
1306	}
1307    }
1308
1309  /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section.  */
1310  isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
1311  for (isym = isymbuf; isym < isymend; isym++)
1312    {
1313      if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx
1314	  && isym->st_value > addr
1315	  && isym->st_value < toaddr)
1316	isym->st_value -= count;
1317    }
1318
1319  /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section.  */
1320  symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
1321	      - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
1322  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
1323  end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
1324  for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
1325    {
1326      struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
1327      if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1328	   || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1329	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec
1330	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value > addr
1331	  && sym_hash->root.u.def.value < toaddr)
1332	{
1333	  sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
1334	}
1335    }
1336
1337  /* See if we can move the ALIGN reloc forward.  We have adjusted
1338     r_offset for it already.  */
1339  if (irelalign != NULL)
1340    {
1341      bfd_vma alignto, alignaddr;
1342
1343      alignto = BFD_ALIGN (toaddr, 1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1344      alignaddr = BFD_ALIGN (irelalign->r_offset,
1345			     1 << irelalign->r_addend);
1346      if (alignto != alignaddr)
1347	{
1348	  /* Tail recursion.  */
1349	  return sh_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec, alignaddr,
1350					    (int) (alignto - alignaddr));
1351	}
1352    }
1353
1354  return TRUE;
1355}
1356
1357/* Look for loads and stores which we can align to four byte
1358   boundaries.  This is like sh_align_loads in coff-sh.c.  */
1359
1360static bfd_boolean
1361sh_elf_align_loads (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *sec,
1362		    Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
1363		    bfd_byte *contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1364		    bfd_boolean *pswapped)
1365{
1366  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1367  bfd_vma *labels = NULL;
1368  bfd_vma *label, *label_end;
1369  bfd_size_type amt;
1370
1371  *pswapped = FALSE;
1372
1373  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1374
1375  /* Get all the addresses with labels on them.  */
1376  amt = sec->reloc_count;
1377  amt *= sizeof (bfd_vma);
1378  labels = (bfd_vma *) bfd_malloc (amt);
1379  if (labels == NULL)
1380    goto error_return;
1381  label_end = labels;
1382  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1383    {
1384      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_LABEL)
1385	{
1386	  *label_end = irel->r_offset;
1387	  ++label_end;
1388	}
1389    }
1390
1391  /* Note that the assembler currently always outputs relocs in
1392     address order.  If that ever changes, this code will need to sort
1393     the label values and the relocs.  */
1394
1395  label = labels;
1396
1397  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1398    {
1399      bfd_vma start, stop;
1400
1401      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) != (int) R_SH_CODE)
1402	continue;
1403
1404      start = irel->r_offset;
1405
1406      for (irel++; irel < irelend; irel++)
1407	if (ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == (int) R_SH_DATA)
1408	  break;
1409      if (irel < irelend)
1410	stop = irel->r_offset;
1411      else
1412	stop = sec->size;
1413
1414      if (! _bfd_sh_align_load_span (abfd, sec, contents, sh_elf_swap_insns,
1415				     internal_relocs, &label,
1416				     label_end, start, stop, pswapped))
1417	goto error_return;
1418    }
1419
1420  free (labels);
1421
1422  return TRUE;
1423
1424 error_return:
1425  if (labels != NULL)
1426    free (labels);
1427  return FALSE;
1428}
1429
1430#ifndef SH64_ELF
1431/* Swap two SH instructions.  This is like sh_swap_insns in coff-sh.c.  */
1432
1433static bfd_boolean
1434sh_elf_swap_insns (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *relocs,
1435		   bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma addr)
1436{
1437  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = (Elf_Internal_Rela *) relocs;
1438  unsigned short i1, i2;
1439  Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
1440
1441  /* Swap the instructions themselves.  */
1442  i1 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr);
1443  i2 = bfd_get_16 (abfd, contents + addr + 2);
1444  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i2, contents + addr);
1445  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) i1, contents + addr + 2);
1446
1447  /* Adjust all reloc addresses.  */
1448  irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
1449  for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
1450    {
1451      enum elf_sh_reloc_type type;
1452      int add;
1453
1454      /* There are a few special types of relocs that we don't want to
1455	 adjust.  These relocs do not apply to the instruction itself,
1456	 but are only associated with the address.  */
1457      type = (enum elf_sh_reloc_type) ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
1458      if (type == R_SH_ALIGN
1459	  || type == R_SH_CODE
1460	  || type == R_SH_DATA
1461	  || type == R_SH_LABEL)
1462	continue;
1463
1464      /* If an R_SH_USES reloc points to one of the addresses being
1465	 swapped, we must adjust it.  It would be incorrect to do this
1466	 for a jump, though, since we want to execute both
1467	 instructions after the jump.  (We have avoided swapping
1468	 around a label, so the jump will not wind up executing an
1469	 instruction it shouldn't).  */
1470      if (type == R_SH_USES)
1471	{
1472	  bfd_vma off;
1473
1474	  off = irel->r_offset + 4 + irel->r_addend;
1475	  if (off == addr)
1476	    irel->r_offset += 2;
1477	  else if (off == addr + 2)
1478	    irel->r_offset -= 2;
1479	}
1480
1481      if (irel->r_offset == addr)
1482	{
1483	  irel->r_offset += 2;
1484	  add = -2;
1485	}
1486      else if (irel->r_offset == addr + 2)
1487	{
1488	  irel->r_offset -= 2;
1489	  add = 2;
1490	}
1491      else
1492	add = 0;
1493
1494      if (add != 0)
1495	{
1496	  bfd_byte *loc;
1497	  unsigned short insn, oinsn;
1498	  bfd_boolean overflow;
1499
1500	  loc = contents + irel->r_offset;
1501	  overflow = FALSE;
1502	  switch (type)
1503	    {
1504	    default:
1505	      break;
1506
1507	    case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
1508	    case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
1509	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1510	      oinsn = insn;
1511	      insn += add / 2;
1512	      if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1513		overflow = TRUE;
1514	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1515	      break;
1516
1517	    case R_SH_IND12W:
1518	      insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1519	      oinsn = insn;
1520	      insn += add / 2;
1521	      if ((oinsn & 0xf000) != (insn & 0xf000))
1522		overflow = TRUE;
1523	      bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1524	      break;
1525
1526	    case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
1527	      /* This reloc ignores the least significant 3 bits of
1528		 the program counter before adding in the offset.
1529		 This means that if ADDR is at an even address, the
1530		 swap will not affect the offset.  If ADDR is an at an
1531		 odd address, then the instruction will be crossing a
1532		 four byte boundary, and must be adjusted.  */
1533	      if ((addr & 3) != 0)
1534		{
1535		  insn = bfd_get_16 (abfd, loc);
1536		  oinsn = insn;
1537		  insn += add / 2;
1538		  if ((oinsn & 0xff00) != (insn & 0xff00))
1539		    overflow = TRUE;
1540		  bfd_put_16 (abfd, (bfd_vma) insn, loc);
1541		}
1542
1543	      break;
1544	    }
1545
1546	  if (overflow)
1547	    {
1548	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
1549	       (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: reloc overflow while relaxing"),
1550		abfd, (unsigned long) irel->r_offset));
1551	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
1552	      return FALSE;
1553	    }
1554	}
1555    }
1556
1557  return TRUE;
1558}
1559#endif /* defined SH64_ELF */
1560
1561/* Describes one of the various PLT styles.  */
1562
1563struct elf_sh_plt_info
1564{
1565  /* The template for the first PLT entry, or NULL if there is no special
1566     first entry.  */
1567  const bfd_byte *plt0_entry;
1568
1569  /* The size of PLT0_ENTRY in bytes, or 0 if PLT0_ENTRY is NULL.  */
1570  bfd_vma plt0_entry_size;
1571
1572  /* Index I is the offset into PLT0_ENTRY of a pointer to
1573     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + I * 4.  The value is MINUS_ONE
1574     if there is no such pointer.  */
1575  bfd_vma plt0_got_fields[3];
1576
1577  /* The template for a symbol's PLT entry.  */
1578  const bfd_byte *symbol_entry;
1579
1580  /* The size of SYMBOL_ENTRY in bytes.  */
1581  bfd_vma symbol_entry_size;
1582
1583  /* Byte offsets of fields in SYMBOL_ENTRY.  Not all fields are used
1584     on all targets.  The comments by each member indicate the value
1585     that the field must hold.  */
1586  struct {
1587    bfd_vma got_entry; /* the address of the symbol's .got.plt entry */
1588    bfd_vma plt; /* .plt (or a branch to .plt on VxWorks) */
1589    bfd_vma reloc_offset; /* the offset of the symbol's JMP_SLOT reloc */
1590    bfd_boolean got20; /* TRUE if got_entry points to a movi20
1591			  instruction (instead of a constant pool
1592			  entry).  */
1593  } symbol_fields;
1594
1595  /* The offset of the resolver stub from the start of SYMBOL_ENTRY.  */
1596  bfd_vma symbol_resolve_offset;
1597
1598  /* A different PLT layout which can be used for the first
1599     MAX_SHORT_PLT entries.  It must share the same plt0.  NULL in
1600     other cases.  */
1601  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *short_plt;
1602};
1603
1604#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
1605
1606/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1607
1608#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 64
1609
1610/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1611
1612static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1613{
1614  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1615  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1616  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1617  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1618  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1619  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1620  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1621  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1622  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1623  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1624  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1625  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1626  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1627  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1628  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1629  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1630};
1631
1632static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1633{
1634  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .got.plt >> 16, r17 */
1635  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .got.plt & 65535, r17 */
1636  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1637  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1638  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1639  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1640  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1641  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1642  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1643  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1644  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1645  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1646  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1647  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1648  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1649  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1650};
1651
1652/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1653   this.  */
1654
1655static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1656{
1657  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1658  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1659  0x89, 0x90, 0x01, 0x90, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1660  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1661  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1662  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1663  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1664  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1665  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1666  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1667  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1668  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1669  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1670  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1671  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1672  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1673};
1674
1675static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1676{
1677  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN-in-GOT >> 16, r25 */
1678  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN-in-GOT & 65535, r25 */
1679  0x90, 0x01, 0x90, 0x89, /* ld.l  r25, 0, r25 */
1680  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1681  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1682  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1683  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1684  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1685  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  .PLT0 >> 16, r25 */
1686  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori .PLT0 & 65535, r25 */
1687  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1688  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1689  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1690  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1691  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1692  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1693};
1694
1695/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1696
1697static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1698{
1699  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1700  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x90, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1701  0x40, 0xc2, 0x65, 0x90, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1702  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1703  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1704  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1705  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1706  0x6f, 0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, /* nop */
1707  0xce, 0x00, 0x01, 0x10, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1708  0x00, 0xc8, 0x45, 0x10, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1709  0x89, 0x10, 0x09, 0x90, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1710  0x6b, 0xf1, 0x66, 0x00, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1711  0x89, 0x10, 0x05, 0x10, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1712  0xcc, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1713  0xc8, 0x00, 0x01, 0x50, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1714  0x44, 0x01, 0xff, 0xf0, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1715};
1716
1717static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1718{
1719  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  nameN@GOT >> 16, r25 */
1720  0x90, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori nameN@GOT & 65535, r25 */
1721  0x90, 0x65, 0xc2, 0x40, /* ldx.l r12, r25, r25 */
1722  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1723  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1724  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1725  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1726  0xf0, 0xff, 0xf0, 0x6f, /* nop */
1727  0x10, 0x01, 0x00, 0xce, /* movi  -GOT_BIAS, r17 */
1728  0x10, 0x45, 0xc8, 0x00, /* add.l r12, r17, r17 */
1729  0x90, 0x09, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 8, r25 */
1730  0x00, 0x66, 0xf1, 0x6b, /* ptabs r25, tr0 */
1731  0x10, 0x05, 0x10, 0x89, /* ld.l  r17, 4, r17 */
1732  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xcc, /* movi  reloc-offset >> 16, r21 */
1733  0x50, 0x01, 0x00, 0xc8, /* shori reloc-offset & 65535, r21 */
1734  0xf0, 0xff, 0x01, 0x44, /* blink tr0, r63 */
1735};
1736
1737static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1738  {
1739    {
1740      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1741      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1742      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1743      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1744      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1745      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1746      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1747      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1748      NULL
1749    },
1750    {
1751      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1752      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1753      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1754      { 0, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1755      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1756      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1757      { 0, 32, 48, FALSE },
1758      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1759      NULL
1760    },
1761  },
1762  {
1763    {
1764      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1765      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1766      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1767      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1768      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1769      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1770      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1771      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1772      NULL
1773    },
1774    {
1775      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1776      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1777      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1778      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1779      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1780      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1781      { 0, MINUS_ONE, 52, FALSE },
1782      33, /* includes ISA encoding */
1783      NULL
1784    },
1785  }
1786};
1787
1788/* Return offset of the linker in PLT0 entry.  */
1789#define elf_sh_plt0_gotplt_offset(info) 0
1790
1791/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
1792   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
1793   not data.
1794
1795   On SH64, each 32-bit field is loaded by a movi/shori pair.  */
1796
1797inline static void
1798install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p,
1799		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
1800{
1801  value |= code_p;
1802  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1803	      bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr)
1804	      | ((value >> 6) & 0x3fffc00),
1805	      addr);
1806  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
1807	      bfd_get_32 (output_bfd, addr + 4)
1808	      | ((value << 10) & 0x3fffc00),
1809	      addr + 4);
1810}
1811
1812/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
1813   the object is position-independent.  */
1814
1815static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
1816get_plt_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, bfd_boolean pic_p)
1817{
1818  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
1819}
1820#else
1821/* The size in bytes of an entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
1822
1823#define ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
1824
1825/* First entry in an absolute procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1826
1827/* Note - this code has been "optimised" not to use r2.  r2 is used by
1828   GCC to return the address of large structures, so it should not be
1829   corrupted here.  This does mean however, that this PLT does not conform
1830   to the SH PIC ABI.  That spec says that r0 contains the type of the PLT
1831   and r2 contains the GOT id.  This version stores the GOT id in r0 and
1832   ignores the type.  Loaders can easily detect this difference however,
1833   since the type will always be 0 or 8, and the GOT ids will always be
1834   greater than or equal to 12.  */
1835static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1836{
1837  0xd0, 0x05,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1838  0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1839  0x2f, 0x06,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1840  0xd0, 0x03,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1841  0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1842  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
1843  0x60, 0xf6,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1844  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
1845  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
1846  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
1847  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1848  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1849};
1850
1851static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt0_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1852{
1853  0x05, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 2f,r0 */
1854  0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1855  0x06, 0x2f,	/* mov.l r0,@-r15 */
1856  0x03, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1857  0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1858  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
1859  0xf6, 0x60,	/*  mov.l @r15+,r0 */
1860  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
1861  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
1862  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
1863  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of .got.plt + 8.  */
1864  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with address of .got.plt + 4.  */
1865};
1866
1867/* Sebsequent entries in an absolute procedure linkage table look like
1868   this.  */
1869
1870static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1871{
1872  0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1873  0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1874  0xd1, 0x02,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1875  0x40, 0x2b,   /* jmp @r0 */
1876  0x60, 0x13,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
1877  0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1878  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
1879  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
1880  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1881  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1882  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1883};
1884
1885static const bfd_byte elf_sh_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1886{
1887  0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1888  0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
1889  0x02, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 0f,r1 */
1890  0x2b, 0x40,   /* jmp @r0 */
1891  0x13, 0x60,	/*  mov r1,r0 */
1892  0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1893  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
1894  0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
1895  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of .PLT0.  */
1896  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1897  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1898};
1899
1900/* Entries in a PIC procedure linkage table look like this.  */
1901
1902static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1903{
1904  0xd0, 0x04,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1905  0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1906  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
1907  0x00, 0x09,	/*  nop */
1908  0x50, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1909  0xd1, 0x03,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1910  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
1911  0x50, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1912  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
1913  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
1914  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1915  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1916};
1917
1918static const bfd_byte elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
1919{
1920  0x04, 0xd0,	/* mov.l 1f,r0 */
1921  0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
1922  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
1923  0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
1924  0xc2, 0x50,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r0 */
1925  0x03, 0xd1,	/* mov.l 2f,r1 */
1926  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
1927  0xc1, 0x50,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r0 */
1928  0x09, 0x00,	/*  nop */
1929  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
1930  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
1931  0, 0, 0, 0    /* 2: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
1932};
1933
1934static const struct elf_sh_plt_info elf_sh_plts[2][2] = {
1935  {
1936    {
1937      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
1938      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1939      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1940      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1941      elf_sh_plt_entry_be,
1942      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1943      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1944      8,
1945      NULL
1946    },
1947    {
1948      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
1949      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1950      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1951      { MINUS_ONE, 24, 20 },
1952      elf_sh_plt_entry_le,
1953      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1954      { 20, 16, 24, FALSE },
1955      8,
1956      NULL
1957    },
1958  },
1959  {
1960    {
1961      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
1962      elf_sh_plt0_entry_be,
1963      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1964      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1965      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
1966      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1967      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1968      8,
1969      NULL
1970    },
1971    {
1972      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
1973      elf_sh_plt0_entry_le,
1974      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1975      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
1976      elf_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
1977      ELF_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
1978      { 20, MINUS_ONE, 24, FALSE },
1979      8,
1980      NULL
1981    },
1982  }
1983};
1984
1985#define VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE 12
1986#define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
1987
1988static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1989{
1990  0xd1, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
1991  0x61, 0x12,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
1992  0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
1993  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
1994  0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
1995};
1996
1997static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE] =
1998{
1999  0x01, 0xd1,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r1 */
2000  0x12, 0x61,	/* mov.l @r1,r1 */
2001  0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
2002  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2003  0, 0, 0, 0	/* 0: replaced with _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE+8.  */
2004};
2005
2006static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2007{
2008  0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2009  0x60, 0x02,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2010  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
2011  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2012  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2013  0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2014  0xa0, 0x00,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2015  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2016  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2017  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2018};
2019
2020static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2021{
2022  0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2023  0x02, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r0,r0 */
2024  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
2025  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2026  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with address of this symbol in .got.  */
2027  0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2028  0x00, 0xa0,	/* bra PLT (We need to fix the offset.)  */
2029  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2030  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2031  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2032};
2033
2034static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2035{
2036  0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2037  0x00, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2038  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
2039  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2040  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2041  0xd0, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2042  0x51, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2043  0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
2044  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2045  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2046};
2047
2048static const bfd_byte vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le[VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2049{
2050  0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2051  0xce, 0x00,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r0 */
2052  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
2053  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2054  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol in .got.  */
2055  0x01, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(8,pc),r0 */
2056  0xc2, 0x51,	/* mov.l @(8,r12),r1 */
2057  0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
2058  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2059  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2060};
2061
2062static const struct elf_sh_plt_info vxworks_sh_plts[2][2] = {
2063  {
2064    {
2065      /* Big-endian non-PIC.  */
2066      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_be,
2067      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2068      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2069      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_be,
2070      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2071      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2072      12,
2073      NULL
2074    },
2075    {
2076      /* Little-endian non-PIC.  */
2077      vxworks_sh_plt0_entry_le,
2078      VXWORKS_PLT_HEADER_SIZE,
2079      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, 8 },
2080      vxworks_sh_plt_entry_le,
2081      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2082      { 8, 14, 20, FALSE },
2083      12,
2084      NULL
2085    },
2086  },
2087  {
2088    {
2089      /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2090      NULL,
2091      0,
2092      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2093      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_be,
2094      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2095      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2096      12,
2097      NULL
2098    },
2099    {
2100      /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2101      NULL,
2102      0,
2103      { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2104      vxworks_sh_pic_plt_entry_le,
2105      VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2106      { 8, MINUS_ONE, 20, FALSE },
2107      12,
2108      NULL
2109    },
2110  }
2111};
2112
2113/* FDPIC PLT entries.  Two unimplemented optimizations for lazy
2114   binding are to omit the lazy binding stub when linking with -z now
2115   and to move lazy binding stubs into a separate region for better
2116   cache behavior.  */
2117
2118#define FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 28
2119#define FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 20
2120
2121/* FIXME: The lazy binding stub requires a plt0 - which may need to be
2122   duplicated if it is out of range, or which can be inlined.  So
2123   right now it is always inlined, which wastes a word per stub.  It
2124   might be easier to handle the duplication if we put the lazy
2125   stubs separately.  */
2126
2127static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2128{
2129  0xd0, 0x02,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2130  0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2131  0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
2132  0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
2133  0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2134  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2135  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2136  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2137  0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2138  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
2139  0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2140  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2141};
2142
2143static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2144{
2145  0x02, 0xd0,	/* mov.l @(12,pc),r0 */
2146  0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2147  0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
2148  0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
2149  0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2150  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2151  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 0: replaced with offset of this symbol's funcdesc */
2152  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2153  0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2154  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
2155  0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2156  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2157};
2158
2159static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh_plts[2] = {
2160  {
2161    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2162    NULL,
2163    0,
2164    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2165    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2166    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2167    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2168    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2169    NULL
2170  },
2171  {
2172    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2173    NULL,
2174    0,
2175    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2176    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2177    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2178    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2179    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2180    NULL
2181  },
2182};
2183
2184/* On SH2A, we can use the movi20 instruction to generate shorter PLT
2185   entries for the first 64K slots.  We use the normal FDPIC PLT entry
2186   past that point; we could also use movi20s, which might be faster,
2187   but would not be any smaller.  */
2188
2189#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 24
2190#define FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET 16
2191
2192static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2193{
2194  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2195  0x01, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2196  0x70, 0x04,	/* add #4, r0 */
2197  0x41, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r1 */
2198  0x0c, 0xce,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2199  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2200  0x60, 0xc2,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2201  0x40, 0x2b,	/* jmp @r0 */
2202  0x53, 0xc1,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2203  0x00, 0x09,	/* nop */
2204};
2205
2206static const bfd_byte fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le[FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE] =
2207{
2208  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* movi20 #gotofffuncdesc,r0 */
2209  0xce, 0x01,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r1 */
2210  0x04, 0x70,	/* add #4, r0 */
2211  0x2b, 0x41,	/* jmp @r1 */
2212  0xce, 0x0c,	/* mov.l @(r0,r12),r12 */
2213  0, 0, 0, 0,	/* 1: replaced with offset into relocation table.  */
2214  0xc2, 0x60,	/* mov.l @r12,r0 */
2215  0x2b, 0x40,	/* jmp @r0 */
2216  0xc1, 0x53,	/*  mov.l @(4,r12),r3 */
2217  0x09, 0x00,	/* nop */
2218};
2219
2220static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be = {
2221  /* Big-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2222  NULL,
2223  0,
2224  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2225  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_be,
2226  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2227  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2228  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2229  NULL
2230};
2231
2232static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le = {
2233  /* Little-endian FDPIC, max index 64K.  */
2234  NULL,
2235  0,
2236  { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2237  fdpic_sh2a_plt_entry_le,
2238  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2239  { 0, MINUS_ONE, 12, TRUE },
2240  FDPIC_SH2A_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2241  NULL
2242};
2243
2244static const struct elf_sh_plt_info fdpic_sh2a_plts[2] = {
2245  {
2246    /* Big-endian PIC.  */
2247    NULL,
2248    0,
2249    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2250    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_be,
2251    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2252    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2253    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2254    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_be
2255  },
2256  {
2257    /* Little-endian PIC.  */
2258    NULL,
2259    0,
2260    { MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE, MINUS_ONE },
2261    fdpic_sh_plt_entry_le,
2262    FDPIC_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE,
2263    { 12, MINUS_ONE, 16, FALSE },
2264    FDPIC_PLT_LAZY_OFFSET,
2265    &fdpic_sh2a_short_plt_le
2266  },
2267};
2268
2269/* Return the type of PLT associated with ABFD.  PIC_P is true if
2270   the object is position-independent.  */
2271
2272static const struct elf_sh_plt_info *
2273get_plt_info (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean pic_p)
2274{
2275  if (fdpic_object_p (abfd))
2276    {
2277      /* If any input file requires SH2A we can use a shorter PLT
2278	 sequence.  */
2279      if (sh_get_arch_from_bfd_mach (bfd_get_mach (abfd)) & arch_sh2a_base)
2280	return &fdpic_sh2a_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2281      else
2282	return &fdpic_sh_plts[!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2283    }
2284  if (vxworks_object_p (abfd))
2285    return &vxworks_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2286  return &elf_sh_plts[pic_p][!bfd_big_endian (abfd)];
2287}
2288
2289/* Install a 32-bit PLT field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
2290   VALUE is the field's value and CODE_P is true if VALUE refers to code,
2291   not data.  */
2292
2293inline static void
2294install_plt_field (bfd *output_bfd, bfd_boolean code_p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2295		   unsigned long value, bfd_byte *addr)
2296{
2297  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, value, addr);
2298}
2299#endif
2300
2301/* The number of PLT entries which can use a shorter PLT, if any.
2302   Currently always 64K, since only SH-2A FDPIC uses this; a
2303   20-bit movi20 can address that many function descriptors below
2304   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
2305#define MAX_SHORT_PLT 65536
2306
2307/* Return the index of the PLT entry at byte offset OFFSET.  */
2308
2309static bfd_vma
2310get_plt_index (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma offset)
2311{
2312  bfd_vma plt_index = 0;
2313
2314  offset -= info->plt0_entry_size;
2315  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2316    {
2317      if (offset > MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size)
2318	{
2319	  plt_index = MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2320	  offset -= MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2321	}
2322      else
2323	info = info->short_plt;
2324    }
2325  return plt_index + offset / info->symbol_entry_size;
2326}
2327
2328/* Do the inverse operation.  */
2329
2330static bfd_vma
2331get_plt_offset (const struct elf_sh_plt_info *info, bfd_vma plt_index)
2332{
2333  bfd_vma offset = 0;
2334
2335  if (info->short_plt != NULL)
2336    {
2337      if (plt_index > MAX_SHORT_PLT)
2338	{
2339	  offset = MAX_SHORT_PLT * info->short_plt->symbol_entry_size;
2340	  plt_index -= MAX_SHORT_PLT;
2341	}
2342      else
2343	info = info->short_plt;
2344    }
2345  return (offset + info->plt0_entry_size
2346	  + (plt_index * info->symbol_entry_size));
2347}
2348
2349/* The sh linker needs to keep track of the number of relocs that it
2350   decides to copy as dynamic relocs in check_relocs for each symbol.
2351   This is so that it can later discard them if they are found to be
2352   unnecessary.  We store the information in a field extending the
2353   regular ELF linker hash table.  */
2354
2355struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs
2356{
2357  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *next;
2358
2359  /* The input section of the reloc.  */
2360  asection *sec;
2361
2362  /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section.  */
2363  bfd_size_type count;
2364
2365  /* Number of pc-relative relocs copied for the input section.  */
2366  bfd_size_type pc_count;
2367};
2368
2369union gotref
2370{
2371  bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2372  bfd_vma offset;
2373};
2374
2375/* sh ELF linker hash entry.  */
2376
2377struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry
2378{
2379  struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
2380
2381#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2382  union
2383  {
2384    bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2385    bfd_vma offset;
2386  } datalabel_got;
2387#endif
2388
2389  /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol.  */
2390  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *dyn_relocs;
2391
2392  bfd_signed_vma gotplt_refcount;
2393
2394  /* A local function descriptor, for FDPIC.  The refcount counts
2395     R_SH_FUNCDESC, R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC, and R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
2396     relocations; the PLT and GOT entry are accounted
2397     for separately.  After adjust_dynamic_symbol, the offset is
2398     MINUS_ONE if there is no local descriptor (dynamic linker
2399     managed and no PLT entry, or undefined weak non-dynamic).
2400     During check_relocs we do not yet know whether the local
2401     descriptor will be canonical.  */
2402  union gotref funcdesc;
2403
2404  /* How many of the above refcounted relocations were R_SH_FUNCDESC,
2405     and thus require fixups or relocations.  */
2406  bfd_signed_vma abs_funcdesc_refcount;
2407
2408  enum {
2409    GOT_UNKNOWN = 0, GOT_NORMAL, GOT_TLS_GD, GOT_TLS_IE, GOT_FUNCDESC
2410  } got_type;
2411};
2412
2413#define sh_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)(ent))
2414
2415struct sh_elf_obj_tdata
2416{
2417  struct elf_obj_tdata root;
2418
2419  /* got_type for each local got entry.  */
2420  char *local_got_type;
2421
2422  /* Function descriptor refcount and offset for each local symbol.  */
2423  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
2424};
2425
2426#define sh_elf_tdata(abfd) \
2427  ((struct sh_elf_obj_tdata *) (abfd)->tdata.any)
2428
2429#define sh_elf_local_got_type(abfd) \
2430  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_got_type)
2431
2432#define sh_elf_local_funcdesc(abfd) \
2433  (sh_elf_tdata (abfd)->local_funcdesc)
2434
2435#define is_sh_elf(bfd) \
2436  (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
2437   && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
2438   && elf_object_id (bfd) == SH_ELF_DATA)
2439
2440/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
2441   as the specific tdata.  */
2442
2443static bfd_boolean
2444sh_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
2445{
2446  return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct sh_elf_obj_tdata),
2447				  SH_ELF_DATA);
2448}
2449
2450/* sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2451
2452struct elf_sh_link_hash_table
2453{
2454  struct elf_link_hash_table root;
2455
2456  /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections.  */
2457  asection *sgot;
2458  asection *sgotplt;
2459  asection *srelgot;
2460  asection *splt;
2461  asection *srelplt;
2462  asection *sdynbss;
2463  asection *srelbss;
2464  asection *sfuncdesc;
2465  asection *srelfuncdesc;
2466  asection *srofixup;
2467
2468  /* The (unloaded but important) VxWorks .rela.plt.unloaded section.  */
2469  asection *srelplt2;
2470
2471  /* Small local sym cache.  */
2472  struct sym_cache sym_cache;
2473
2474  /* A counter or offset to track a TLS got entry.  */
2475  union
2476    {
2477      bfd_signed_vma refcount;
2478      bfd_vma offset;
2479    } tls_ldm_got;
2480
2481  /* The type of PLT to use.  */
2482  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
2483
2484  /* True if the target system is VxWorks.  */
2485  bfd_boolean vxworks_p;
2486
2487  /* True if the target system uses FDPIC.  */
2488  bfd_boolean fdpic_p;
2489};
2490
2491/* Traverse an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2492
2493#define sh_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info)			\
2494  (elf_link_hash_traverse						\
2495   (&(table)->root,							\
2496    (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
2497    (info)))
2498
2499/* Get the sh ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure.  */
2500
2501#define sh_elf_hash_table(p) \
2502  (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2503  == SH_ELF_DATA ? ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2504
2505/* Create an entry in an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2506
2507static struct bfd_hash_entry *
2508sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
2509			  struct bfd_hash_table *table,
2510			  const char *string)
2511{
2512  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *ret =
2513    (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) entry;
2514
2515  /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2516     subclass.  */
2517  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2518    ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2519	   bfd_hash_allocate (table,
2520			      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry)));
2521  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2522    return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2523
2524  /* Call the allocation method of the superclass.  */
2525  ret = ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)
2526	 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
2527				     table, string));
2528  if (ret != (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) NULL)
2529    {
2530      ret->dyn_relocs = NULL;
2531      ret->gotplt_refcount = 0;
2532#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
2533      ret->datalabel_got.refcount = ret->root.got.refcount;
2534#endif
2535      ret->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
2536      ret->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
2537      ret->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
2538    }
2539
2540  return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
2541}
2542
2543/* Create an sh ELF linker hash table.  */
2544
2545static struct bfd_link_hash_table *
2546sh_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
2547{
2548  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *ret;
2549  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table);
2550
2551  ret = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) bfd_malloc (amt);
2552  if (ret == (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *) NULL)
2553    return NULL;
2554
2555  if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
2556				      sh_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
2557				      sizeof (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry),
2558				      SH_ELF_DATA))
2559    {
2560      free (ret);
2561      return NULL;
2562    }
2563
2564  ret->sgot = NULL;
2565  ret->sgotplt = NULL;
2566  ret->srelgot = NULL;
2567  ret->splt = NULL;
2568  ret->srelplt = NULL;
2569  ret->sdynbss = NULL;
2570  ret->srelbss = NULL;
2571  ret->srelplt2 = NULL;
2572  ret->sym_cache.abfd = NULL;
2573  ret->tls_ldm_got.refcount = 0;
2574  ret->plt_info = NULL;
2575  ret->vxworks_p = vxworks_object_p (abfd);
2576  ret->fdpic_p = fdpic_object_p (abfd);
2577
2578  return &ret->root.root;
2579}
2580
2581static bfd_boolean
2582sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2583			    struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *p)
2584{
2585  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2586
2587  /* Non-FDPIC binaries do not need dynamic symbols for sections.  */
2588  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
2589    return TRUE;
2590
2591  /* We need dynamic symbols for every section, since segments can
2592     relocate independently.  */
2593  switch (elf_section_data (p)->this_hdr.sh_type)
2594    {
2595    case SHT_PROGBITS:
2596    case SHT_NOBITS:
2597      /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
2598	 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS.  */
2599    case SHT_NULL:
2600      return FALSE;
2601
2602      /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
2603	 against any other section.  */
2604    default:
2605      return TRUE;
2606    }
2607}
2608
2609/* Create .got, .gotplt, and .rela.got sections in DYNOBJ, and set up
2610   shortcuts to them in our hash table.  */
2611
2612static bfd_boolean
2613create_got_section (bfd *dynobj, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2614{
2615  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2616
2617  if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
2618    return FALSE;
2619
2620  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2621  if (htab == NULL)
2622    return FALSE;
2623
2624  htab->sgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got");
2625  htab->sgotplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".got.plt");
2626  htab->srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
2627  if (! htab->sgot || ! htab->sgotplt || ! htab->srelgot)
2628    abort ();
2629
2630  htab->sfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".got.funcdesc",
2631						 (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2632						  | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2633						  | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2634						  | SEC_LINKER_CREATED));
2635  if (htab->sfuncdesc == NULL
2636      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sfuncdesc, 2))
2637    return FALSE;
2638
2639  htab->srelfuncdesc = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj,
2640						    ".rela.got.funcdesc",
2641						    (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2642						     | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2643						     | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2644						     | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2645						     | SEC_READONLY));
2646  if (htab->srelfuncdesc == NULL
2647      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srelfuncdesc, 2))
2648    return FALSE;
2649
2650  /* Also create .rofixup.  */
2651  htab->srofixup = bfd_make_section_with_flags (dynobj, ".rofixup",
2652						(SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
2653						 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2654						 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2655						 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2656						 | SEC_READONLY));
2657  if (htab->srofixup == NULL
2658      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->srofixup, 2))
2659    return FALSE;
2660
2661  return TRUE;
2662}
2663
2664/* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object.  */
2665
2666static bfd_boolean
2667sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
2668{
2669  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2670  flagword flags, pltflags;
2671  asection *s;
2672  const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2673  int ptralign = 0;
2674
2675  switch (bed->s->arch_size)
2676    {
2677    case 32:
2678      ptralign = 2;
2679      break;
2680
2681    case 64:
2682      ptralign = 3;
2683      break;
2684
2685    default:
2686      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
2687      return FALSE;
2688    }
2689
2690  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2691  if (htab == NULL)
2692    return FALSE;
2693
2694  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
2695    return TRUE;
2696
2697  /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
2698     .rel[a].bss sections.  */
2699
2700  flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
2701	   | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2702
2703  pltflags = flags;
2704  pltflags |= SEC_CODE;
2705  if (bed->plt_not_loaded)
2706    pltflags &= ~ (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
2707  if (bed->plt_readonly)
2708    pltflags |= SEC_READONLY;
2709
2710  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".plt", pltflags);
2711  htab->splt = s;
2712  if (s == NULL
2713      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, bed->plt_alignment))
2714    return FALSE;
2715
2716  if (bed->want_plt_sym)
2717    {
2718      /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
2719	 .plt section.  */
2720      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
2721      struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
2722
2723      if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2724	     (info, abfd, "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
2725	      (bfd_vma) 0, (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
2726	      get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
2727	return FALSE;
2728
2729      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
2730      h->def_regular = 1;
2731      h->type = STT_OBJECT;
2732      htab->root.hplt = h;
2733
2734      if (info->shared
2735	  && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
2736	return FALSE;
2737    }
2738
2739  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2740				   bed->default_use_rela_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt",
2741				   flags | SEC_READONLY);
2742  htab->srelplt = s;
2743  if (s == NULL
2744      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2745    return FALSE;
2746
2747  if (htab->sgot == NULL
2748      && !create_got_section (abfd, info))
2749    return FALSE;
2750
2751  {
2752    const char *secname;
2753    char *relname;
2754    flagword secflags;
2755    asection *sec;
2756
2757    for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
2758      {
2759	secflags = bfd_get_section_flags (abfd, sec);
2760	if ((secflags & (SEC_DATA | SEC_LINKER_CREATED))
2761	    || ((secflags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
2762	  continue;
2763	secname = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
2764	relname = (char *) bfd_malloc ((bfd_size_type) strlen (secname) + 6);
2765	strcpy (relname, ".rela");
2766	strcat (relname, secname);
2767	if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname))
2768	  continue;
2769	s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, relname,
2770					 flags | SEC_READONLY);
2771	if (s == NULL
2772	    || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2773	  return FALSE;
2774      }
2775  }
2776
2777  if (bed->want_dynbss)
2778    {
2779      /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
2780	 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
2781	 not functions.  We must allocate space for them in the process
2782	 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2783	 initialize them at run time.  The linker script puts the .dynbss
2784	 section into the .bss section of the final image.  */
2785      s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, ".dynbss",
2786				       SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
2787      htab->sdynbss = s;
2788      if (s == NULL)
2789	return FALSE;
2790
2791      /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs.  This section is not
2792	 normally needed.  We need to create it here, though, so that the
2793	 linker will map it to an output section.  We can't just create it
2794	 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
2795	 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
2796	 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
2797	 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
2798	 mapped to the output sections.  If the section turns out not to
2799	 be needed, we can discard it later.  We will never need this
2800	 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
2801	 copy relocs.  */
2802      if (! info->shared)
2803	{
2804	  s = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd,
2805					   (bed->default_use_rela_p
2806					    ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
2807					   flags | SEC_READONLY);
2808	  htab->srelbss = s;
2809	  if (s == NULL
2810	      || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, ptralign))
2811	    return FALSE;
2812	}
2813    }
2814
2815  if (htab->vxworks_p)
2816    {
2817      if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
2818	return FALSE;
2819    }
2820
2821  return TRUE;
2822}
2823
2824/* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
2825   regular object.  The current definition is in some section of the
2826   dynamic object, but we're not including those sections.  We have to
2827   change the definition to something the rest of the link can
2828   understand.  */
2829
2830static bfd_boolean
2831sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
2832			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2833{
2834  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2835  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2836  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2837  asection *s;
2838
2839  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2840  if (htab == NULL)
2841    return FALSE;
2842
2843  /* Make sure we know what is going on here.  */
2844  BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.dynobj != NULL
2845	      && (h->needs_plt
2846		  || h->u.weakdef != NULL
2847		  || (h->def_dynamic
2848		      && h->ref_regular
2849		      && !h->def_regular)));
2850
2851  /* If this is a function, put it in the procedure linkage table.  We
2852     will fill in the contents of the procedure linkage table later,
2853     when we know the address of the .got section.  */
2854  if (h->type == STT_FUNC
2855      || h->needs_plt)
2856    {
2857      if (h->plt.refcount <= 0
2858	  || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
2859	  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
2860	      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2861	{
2862	  /* This case can occur if we saw a PLT reloc in an input
2863	     file, but the symbol was never referred to by a dynamic
2864	     object.  In such a case, we don't actually need to build
2865	     a procedure linkage table, and we can just do a REL32
2866	     reloc instead.  */
2867	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2868	  h->needs_plt = 0;
2869	}
2870
2871      return TRUE;
2872    }
2873  else
2874    h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
2875
2876  /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
2877     processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
2878     real definition first, and we can just use the same value.  */
2879  if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
2880    {
2881      BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2882		  || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
2883      h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
2884      h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
2885      if (info->nocopyreloc)
2886	h->non_got_ref = h->u.weakdef->non_got_ref;
2887      return TRUE;
2888    }
2889
2890  /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
2891     is not a function.  */
2892
2893  /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
2894     only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
2895     For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
2896     be handled correctly by relocate_section.  */
2897  if (info->shared)
2898    return TRUE;
2899
2900  /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
2901     GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc.  */
2902  if (!h->non_got_ref)
2903    return TRUE;
2904
2905  /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either.  */
2906  if (info->nocopyreloc)
2907    {
2908      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2909      return TRUE;
2910    }
2911
2912  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2913  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
2914    {
2915      s = p->sec->output_section;
2916      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & (SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) != 0)
2917	break;
2918    }
2919
2920  /* If we didn't find any dynamic relocs in sections which needs the
2921     copy reloc, then we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding
2922     the copy reloc.  */
2923  if (p == NULL)
2924    {
2925      h->non_got_ref = 0;
2926      return TRUE;
2927    }
2928
2929  if (h->size == 0)
2930    {
2931      (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("dynamic variable `%s' is zero size"),
2932			     h->root.root.string);
2933      return TRUE;
2934    }
2935
2936  /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
2937     become part of the .bss section of the executable.  There will be
2938     an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section.  The dynamic
2939     object will contain position independent code, so all references
2940     from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
2941     offset table.  The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
2942     determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
2943     both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
2944     same memory location for the variable.  */
2945
2946  s = htab->sdynbss;
2947  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
2948
2949  /* We must generate a R_SH_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
2950     copy the initial value out of the dynamic object and into the
2951     runtime process image.  We need to remember the offset into the
2952     .rela.bss section we are going to use.  */
2953  if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
2954    {
2955      asection *srel;
2956
2957      srel = htab->srelbss;
2958      BFD_ASSERT (srel != NULL);
2959      srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
2960      h->needs_copy = 1;
2961    }
2962
2963  return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, s);
2964}
2965
2966/* Allocate space in .plt, .got and associated reloc sections for
2967   dynamic relocs.  */
2968
2969static bfd_boolean
2970allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
2971{
2972  struct bfd_link_info *info;
2973  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
2974  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
2975  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
2976
2977  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2978    return TRUE;
2979
2980  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
2981    /* When warning symbols are created, they **replace** the "real"
2982       entry in the hash table, thus we never get to see the real
2983       symbol in a hash traversal.  So look at it now.  */
2984    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
2985
2986  info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
2987  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
2988  if (htab == NULL)
2989    return FALSE;
2990
2991  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
2992  if ((h->got.refcount > 0
2993       || h->forced_local)
2994      && eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
2995    {
2996      /* The symbol has been forced local, or we have some direct got refs,
2997	 so treat all the gotplt refs as got refs. */
2998      h->got.refcount += eh->gotplt_refcount;
2999      if (h->plt.refcount >= eh->gotplt_refcount)
3000	h->plt.refcount -= eh->gotplt_refcount;
3001    }
3002
3003  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3004      && h->plt.refcount > 0
3005      && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3006	  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3007    {
3008      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3009	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3010      if (h->dynindx == -1
3011	  && !h->forced_local)
3012	{
3013	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3014	    return FALSE;
3015	}
3016
3017      if (info->shared
3018	  || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (1, 0, h))
3019	{
3020	  asection *s = htab->splt;
3021	  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
3022
3023	  /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room for the special
3024	     first entry.  */
3025	  if (s->size == 0)
3026	    s->size += htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size;
3027
3028	  h->plt.offset = s->size;
3029
3030	  /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, and we are
3031	     not generating a shared library, then set the symbol to this
3032	     location in the .plt.  This is required to make function
3033	     pointers compare as equal between the normal executable and
3034	     the shared library.  Skip this for FDPIC, since the
3035	     function's address will be the address of the canonical
3036	     function descriptor.  */
3037	  if (!htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && !h->def_regular)
3038	    {
3039	      h->root.u.def.section = s;
3040	      h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
3041	    }
3042
3043	  /* Make room for this entry.  */
3044	  plt_info = htab->plt_info;
3045	  if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL
3046	      && (get_plt_index (plt_info->short_plt, s->size) < MAX_SHORT_PLT))
3047	    plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
3048	  s->size += plt_info->symbol_entry_size;
3049
3050	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .got.plt section, which
3051	     will be placed in the .got section by the linker script.  */
3052	  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
3053	    htab->sgotplt->size += 4;
3054	  else
3055	    htab->sgotplt->size += 8;
3056
3057	  /* We also need to make an entry in the .rel.plt section.  */
3058	  htab->srelplt->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3059
3060	  if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
3061	    {
3062	      /* VxWorks executables have a second set of relocations
3063		 for each PLT entry.  They go in a separate relocation
3064		 section, which is processed by the kernel loader.  */
3065
3066	      /* There is a relocation for the initial PLT entry:
3067		 an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.  */
3068	      if (h->plt.offset == htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size)
3069		htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3070
3071	      /* There are two extra relocations for each subsequent
3072		 PLT entry: an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the GOT entry,
3073		 and an R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the PLT entry.  */
3074	      htab->srelplt2->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela) * 2;
3075	    }
3076	}
3077      else
3078	{
3079	  h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3080	  h->needs_plt = 0;
3081	}
3082    }
3083  else
3084    {
3085      h->plt.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3086      h->needs_plt = 0;
3087    }
3088
3089  if (h->got.refcount > 0)
3090    {
3091      asection *s;
3092      bfd_boolean dyn;
3093      int got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
3094
3095      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3096	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3097      if (h->dynindx == -1
3098	  && !h->forced_local)
3099	{
3100	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3101	    return FALSE;
3102	}
3103
3104      s = htab->sgot;
3105      h->got.offset = s->size;
3106      s->size += 4;
3107      /* R_SH_TLS_GD needs 2 consecutive GOT slots.  */
3108      if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3109	s->size += 4;
3110      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3111      if (!dyn)
3112	{
3113	  /* No dynamic relocations required.  */
3114	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
3115	      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3116	      && (got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3117	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3118	}
3119      /* R_SH_TLS_IE_32 needs one dynamic relocation if dynamic,
3120	 R_SH_TLS_GD needs one if local symbol and two if global.  */
3121      else if ((got_type == GOT_TLS_GD && h->dynindx == -1)
3122	       || got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
3123	htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3124      else if (got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3125	htab->srelgot->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3126      else if (got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3127	{
3128	  if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3129	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3130	  else
3131	    htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3132	}
3133      else if ((ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3134		|| h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3135	       && (info->shared
3136		   || WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, 0, h)))
3137	htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3138      else if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared && got_type == GOT_NORMAL
3139	       && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
3140		   || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3141	htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3142    }
3143  else
3144    h->got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3145
3146#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3147  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
3148    {
3149      asection *s;
3150      bfd_boolean dyn;
3151
3152      /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3153	 Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3154      if (h->dynindx == -1
3155	  && !h->forced_local)
3156	{
3157	  if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3158	    return FALSE;
3159	}
3160
3161      s = htab->sgot;
3162      eh->datalabel_got.offset = s->size;
3163      s->size += 4;
3164      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
3165      if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h))
3166	htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3167    }
3168  else
3169    eh->datalabel_got.offset = (bfd_vma) -1;
3170#endif
3171
3172  /* Allocate space for any dynamic relocations to function
3173     descriptors, canonical or otherwise.  We need to relocate the
3174     reference unless it resolves to zero, which only happens for
3175     undefined weak symbols (either non-default visibility, or when
3176     static linking).  Any GOT slot is accounted for elsewhere.  */
3177  if (eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount > 0
3178      && (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3179	  || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3180	      && ! SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))))
3181    {
3182      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3183	htab->srofixup->size += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * 4;
3184      else
3185	htab->srelgot->size
3186	  += eh->abs_funcdesc_refcount * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3187    }
3188
3189  /* We must allocate a function descriptor if there are references to
3190     a canonical descriptor (R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC or R_SH_FUNCDESC) and
3191     the dynamic linker isn't going to allocate it.  None of this
3192     applies if we already created one in .got.plt, but if the
3193     canonical function descriptor can be in this object, there
3194     won't be a PLT entry at all.  */
3195  if ((eh->funcdesc.refcount > 0
3196       || (h->got.offset != MINUS_ONE && eh->got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC))
3197      && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3198      && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
3199    {
3200      /* Make room for this function descriptor.  */
3201      eh->funcdesc.offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3202      htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3203
3204      /* We will need a relocation or two fixups to initialize the
3205	 function descriptor, so allocate those too.  */
3206      if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3207	htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3208      else
3209	htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3210    }
3211
3212  if (eh->dyn_relocs == NULL)
3213    return TRUE;
3214
3215  /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
3216     dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
3217     defined in regular objects.  For the normal shared case, discard
3218     space for pc-relative relocs that have become local due to symbol
3219     visibility changes.  */
3220
3221  if (info->shared)
3222    {
3223      if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3224	{
3225	  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3226
3227	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3228	    {
3229	      p->count -= p->pc_count;
3230	      p->pc_count = 0;
3231	      if (p->count == 0)
3232		*pp = p->next;
3233	      else
3234		pp = &p->next;
3235	    }
3236	}
3237
3238      if (htab->vxworks_p)
3239	{
3240	  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
3241
3242	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
3243	    {
3244	      if (strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name, ".tls_vars") == 0)
3245		*pp = p->next;
3246	      else
3247		pp = &p->next;
3248	    }
3249	}
3250
3251      /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
3252	 visibility.  */
3253      if (eh->dyn_relocs != NULL
3254	  && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3255	{
3256	  if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
3257	    eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3258
3259	  /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
3260	     symbol in PIEs.  */
3261	  else if (h->dynindx == -1
3262		   && !h->forced_local)
3263	    {
3264	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3265		return FALSE;
3266	    }
3267	}
3268    }
3269  else
3270    {
3271      /* For the non-shared case, discard space for relocs against
3272	 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
3273	 dynamic.  */
3274
3275      if (!h->non_got_ref
3276	  && ((h->def_dynamic
3277	       && !h->def_regular)
3278	      || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
3279		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
3280		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined))))
3281	{
3282	  /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol.
3283	     Undefined weak syms won't yet be marked as dynamic.  */
3284	  if (h->dynindx == -1
3285	      && !h->forced_local)
3286	    {
3287	      if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3288		return FALSE;
3289	    }
3290
3291	  /* If that succeeded, we know we'll be keeping all the
3292	     relocs.  */
3293	  if (h->dynindx != -1)
3294	    goto keep;
3295	}
3296
3297      eh->dyn_relocs = NULL;
3298
3299    keep: ;
3300    }
3301
3302  /* Finally, allocate space.  */
3303  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3304    {
3305      asection *sreloc = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3306      sreloc->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3307
3308      /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3309      if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3310	htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3311    }
3312
3313  return TRUE;
3314}
3315
3316/* Find any dynamic relocs that apply to read-only sections.  */
3317
3318static bfd_boolean
3319readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
3320{
3321  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
3322  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3323
3324  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3325    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3326
3327  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
3328  for (p = eh->dyn_relocs; p != NULL; p = p->next)
3329    {
3330      asection *s = p->sec->output_section;
3331
3332      if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3333	{
3334	  struct bfd_link_info *info = (struct bfd_link_info *) inf;
3335
3336	  info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3337
3338	  /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal.  */
3339	  return FALSE;
3340	}
3341    }
3342  return TRUE;
3343}
3344
3345/* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
3346   and the input sections have been assigned to output sections.
3347   It's a convenient place to determine the PLT style.  */
3348
3349static bfd_boolean
3350sh_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3351{
3352  sh_elf_hash_table (info)->plt_info = get_plt_info (output_bfd, info->shared);
3353
3354  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->relocatable)
3355    {
3356      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3357
3358      /* Force a PT_GNU_STACK segment to be created.  */
3359      if (! elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags)
3360	elf_tdata (output_bfd)->stack_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
3361
3362      /* Define __stacksize if it's not defined yet.  */
3363      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3364				FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3365      if (! h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3366	  || h->type != STT_OBJECT
3367	  || !h->def_regular)
3368	{
3369	  struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh = NULL;
3370
3371	  if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
3372		(info, output_bfd, "__stacksize",
3373		 BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE,
3374		 (const char *) NULL, FALSE,
3375		 get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->collect, &bh)))
3376	    return FALSE;
3377
3378	  h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
3379	  h->def_regular = 1;
3380	  h->type = STT_OBJECT;
3381	}
3382    }
3383  return TRUE;
3384}
3385
3386#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
3387
3388static bfd_boolean
3389sh_elf_modify_program_headers (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3390{
3391  struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (output_bfd);
3392  struct elf_segment_map *m;
3393  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
3394
3395  /* objcopy and strip preserve what's already there using
3396     sh_elf_copy_private_bfd_data ().  */
3397  if (! info)
3398    return TRUE;
3399
3400  for (p = tdata->phdr, m = tdata->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
3401    if (m->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
3402      break;
3403
3404  if (m)
3405    {
3406      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3407
3408      /* Obtain the pointer to the __stacksize symbol.  */
3409      h = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info), "__stacksize",
3410				FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
3411      if (h)
3412	{
3413	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3414		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3415	    h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3416	  BFD_ASSERT (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
3417	}
3418
3419      /* Set the header p_memsz from the symbol value.  We
3420	 intentionally ignore the symbol section.  */
3421      if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
3422	p->p_memsz = h->root.u.def.value;
3423      else
3424	p->p_memsz = DEFAULT_STACK_SIZE;
3425
3426      p->p_align = 8;
3427    }
3428
3429  return TRUE;
3430}
3431
3432#endif
3433
3434/* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections.  */
3435
3436static bfd_boolean
3437sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3438			      struct bfd_link_info *info)
3439{
3440  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3441  bfd *dynobj;
3442  asection *s;
3443  bfd_boolean relocs;
3444  bfd *ibfd;
3445
3446  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3447  if (htab == NULL)
3448    return FALSE;
3449
3450  dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3451  BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
3452
3453  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3454    {
3455      /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter.  */
3456      if (info->executable)
3457	{
3458	  s = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".interp");
3459	  BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3460	  s->size = sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3461	  s->contents = (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER;
3462	}
3463    }
3464
3465  /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
3466     relocs.  */
3467  for (ibfd = info->input_bfds; ibfd != NULL; ibfd = ibfd->link_next)
3468    {
3469      bfd_signed_vma *local_got;
3470      bfd_signed_vma *end_local_got;
3471      union gotref *local_funcdesc, *end_local_funcdesc;
3472      char *local_got_type;
3473      bfd_size_type locsymcount;
3474      Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3475      asection *srel;
3476
3477      if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd))
3478	continue;
3479
3480      for (s = ibfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3481	{
3482	  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
3483
3484	  for (p = ((struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *)
3485		    elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel);
3486	       p != NULL;
3487	       p = p->next)
3488	    {
3489	      if (! bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec)
3490		  && bfd_is_abs_section (p->sec->output_section))
3491		{
3492		  /* Input section has been discarded, either because
3493		     it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
3494		     linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
3495		     the relocs too.  */
3496		}
3497	      else if (htab->vxworks_p
3498		       && strcmp (p->sec->output_section->name,
3499				  ".tls_vars") == 0)
3500		{
3501		  /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
3502		     handled specially by the loader.  */
3503		}
3504	      else if (p->count != 0)
3505		{
3506		  srel = elf_section_data (p->sec)->sreloc;
3507		  srel->size += p->count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3508		  if ((p->sec->output_section->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0)
3509		    info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
3510
3511		  /* If we need relocations, we do not need fixups.  */
3512		  if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
3513		    htab->srofixup->size -= 4 * (p->count - p->pc_count);
3514		}
3515	    }
3516	}
3517
3518      symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd);
3519      locsymcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3520#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
3521      /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
3522      locsymcount *= 2;
3523#endif
3524      s = htab->sgot;
3525      srel = htab->srelgot;
3526
3527      local_got = elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd);
3528      if (local_got)
3529	{
3530	  end_local_got = local_got + locsymcount;
3531	  local_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (ibfd);
3532	  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3533	  for (; local_got < end_local_got; ++local_got)
3534	    {
3535	      if (*local_got > 0)
3536		{
3537		  *local_got = s->size;
3538		  s->size += 4;
3539		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
3540		    s->size += 4;
3541		  if (info->shared)
3542		    srel->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3543		  else
3544		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3545
3546		  if (*local_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
3547		    {
3548		      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3549			{
3550			  bfd_size_type size;
3551
3552			  size = locsymcount * sizeof (union gotref);
3553			  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (ibfd,
3554									size);
3555			  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
3556			    return FALSE;
3557			  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd) = local_funcdesc;
3558			  local_funcdesc += (local_got
3559					     - elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd));
3560			}
3561		      local_funcdesc->refcount++;
3562		      ++local_funcdesc;
3563		    }
3564		}
3565	      else
3566		*local_got = (bfd_vma) -1;
3567	      ++local_got_type;
3568	    }
3569	}
3570
3571      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (ibfd);
3572      if (local_funcdesc)
3573	{
3574	  end_local_funcdesc = local_funcdesc + locsymcount;
3575
3576	  for (; local_funcdesc < end_local_funcdesc; ++local_funcdesc)
3577	    {
3578	      if (local_funcdesc->refcount > 0)
3579		{
3580		  local_funcdesc->offset = htab->sfuncdesc->size;
3581		  htab->sfuncdesc->size += 8;
3582		  if (!info->shared)
3583		    htab->srofixup->size += 8;
3584		  else
3585		    htab->srelfuncdesc->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3586		}
3587	      else
3588		local_funcdesc->offset = MINUS_ONE;
3589	    }
3590	}
3591
3592    }
3593
3594  if (htab->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
3595    {
3596      /* Allocate 2 got entries and 1 dynamic reloc for R_SH_TLS_LD_32
3597	 relocs.  */
3598      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = htab->sgot->size;
3599      htab->sgot->size += 8;
3600      htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3601    }
3602  else
3603    htab->tls_ldm_got.offset = -1;
3604
3605  /* Only the reserved entries should be present.  For FDPIC, they go at
3606     the end of .got.plt.  */
3607  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3608    {
3609      BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt && htab->sgotplt->size == 12);
3610      htab->sgotplt->size = 0;
3611    }
3612
3613  /* Allocate global sym .plt and .got entries, and space for global
3614     sym dynamic relocs.  */
3615  elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
3616
3617  /* Move the reserved entries and the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the
3618     end of the FDPIC .got.plt.  */
3619  if (htab->fdpic_p)
3620    {
3621      htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value = htab->sgotplt->size;
3622      htab->sgotplt->size += 12;
3623    }
3624
3625  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
3626  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
3627    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
3628
3629  /* We now have determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
3630     Allocate memory for them.  */
3631  relocs = FALSE;
3632  for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
3633    {
3634      if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
3635	continue;
3636
3637      if (s == htab->splt
3638	  || s == htab->sgot
3639	  || s == htab->sgotplt
3640	  || s == htab->sfuncdesc
3641	  || s == htab->srofixup
3642	  || s == htab->sdynbss)
3643	{
3644	  /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
3645	     comment below.  */
3646	}
3647      else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s), ".rela"))
3648	{
3649	  if (s->size != 0 && s != htab->srelplt && s != htab->srelplt2)
3650	    relocs = TRUE;
3651
3652	  /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
3653	     to copy relocs into the output file.  */
3654	  s->reloc_count = 0;
3655	}
3656      else
3657	{
3658	  /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space.  */
3659	  continue;
3660	}
3661
3662      if (s->size == 0)
3663	{
3664	  /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
3665	     output file.  This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
3666	     .rela.plt.  We must create both sections in
3667	     create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
3668	     before the linker maps input sections to output
3669	     sections.  The linker does that before
3670	     adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
3671	     function which decides whether anything needs to go
3672	     into these sections.  */
3673
3674	  s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3675	  continue;
3676	}
3677
3678      if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3679	continue;
3680
3681      /* Allocate memory for the section contents.  We use bfd_zalloc
3682	 here in case unused entries are not reclaimed before the
3683	 section's contents are written out.  This should not happen,
3684	 but this way if it does, we get a R_SH_NONE reloc instead
3685	 of garbage.  */
3686      s->contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
3687      if (s->contents == NULL)
3688	return FALSE;
3689    }
3690
3691  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
3692    {
3693      /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section.  We fill in the
3694	 values later, in sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
3695	 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
3696	 the .dynamic section.  The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
3697	 dynamic linker and used by the debugger.  */
3698#define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
3699  _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
3700
3701      if (info->executable)
3702	{
3703	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG, 0))
3704	    return FALSE;
3705	}
3706
3707      if (htab->splt->size != 0)
3708	{
3709	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0)
3710	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ, 0)
3711	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL, DT_RELA)
3712	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL, 0))
3713	    return FALSE;
3714	}
3715      else if ((elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
3716	       && htab->sgot->size != 0)
3717	{
3718	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT, 0))
3719	    return FALSE;
3720	}
3721
3722      if (relocs)
3723	{
3724	  if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA, 0)
3725	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ, 0)
3726	      || ! add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT,
3727				      sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)))
3728	    return FALSE;
3729
3730	  /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section,
3731	     then we need a DT_TEXTREL entry.  */
3732	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) == 0)
3733	    elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, readonly_dynrelocs, info);
3734
3735	  if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
3736	    {
3737	      if (! add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL, 0))
3738		return FALSE;
3739	    }
3740	}
3741      if (htab->vxworks_p
3742	  && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
3743	return FALSE;
3744    }
3745#undef add_dynamic_entry
3746
3747  return TRUE;
3748}
3749
3750/* Add a dynamic relocation to the SRELOC section.  */
3751
3752inline static bfd_vma
3753sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (bfd *output_bfd, asection *sreloc, bfd_vma offset,
3754		      int reloc_type, long dynindx, bfd_vma addend)
3755{
3756  Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3757  bfd_vma reloc_offset;
3758
3759  outrel.r_offset = offset;
3760  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, reloc_type);
3761  outrel.r_addend = addend;
3762
3763  reloc_offset = sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
3764  BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset < sreloc->size);
3765  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel,
3766			     sreloc->contents + reloc_offset);
3767  sreloc->reloc_count++;
3768
3769  return reloc_offset;
3770}
3771
3772/* Add an FDPIC read-only fixup.  */
3773
3774inline static void
3775sh_elf_add_rofixup (bfd *output_bfd, asection *srofixup, bfd_vma offset)
3776{
3777  bfd_vma fixup_offset;
3778
3779  fixup_offset = srofixup->reloc_count++ * 4;
3780  BFD_ASSERT (fixup_offset < srofixup->size);
3781  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, offset, srofixup->contents + fixup_offset);
3782}
3783
3784/* Return the offset of the generated .got section from the
3785   _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.  */
3786
3787static bfd_signed_vma
3788sh_elf_got_offset (struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab)
3789{
3790  return (htab->sgot->output_offset - htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3791	  - htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3792}
3793
3794/* Find the segment number in which OSEC, and output section, is
3795   located.  */
3796
3797static unsigned
3798sh_elf_osec_to_segment (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3799{
3800  Elf_Internal_Phdr *p = _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (output_bfd,
3801								   osec);
3802
3803  /* FIXME: Nothing ever says what this index is relative to.  The kernel
3804     supplies data in terms of the number of load segments but this is
3805     a phdr index and the first phdr may not be a load segment.  */
3806  return (p != NULL) ? p - elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr : -1;
3807}
3808
3809static bfd_boolean
3810sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (bfd *output_bfd, asection *osec)
3811{
3812  unsigned seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, osec);
3813
3814  return ! (elf_tdata (output_bfd)->phdr[seg].p_flags & PF_W);
3815}
3816
3817/* Generate the initial contents of a local function descriptor, along
3818   with any relocations or fixups required.  */
3819static bfd_boolean
3820sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (bfd *output_bfd,
3821			    struct bfd_link_info *info,
3822			    struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3823			    bfd_vma offset,
3824			    asection *section,
3825			    bfd_vma value)
3826{
3827  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3828  int dynindx;
3829  bfd_vma addr, seg;
3830
3831  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3832
3833  /* FIXME: The ABI says that the offset to the function goes in the
3834     descriptor, along with the segment index.  We're RELA, so it could
3835     go in the reloc instead... */
3836
3837  if (h != NULL && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3838    {
3839      section = h->root.u.def.section;
3840      value = h->root.u.def.value;
3841    }
3842
3843  if (h == NULL || SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3844    {
3845      dynindx = elf_section_data (section->output_section)->dynindx;
3846      addr = value + section->output_offset;
3847      seg = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd, section->output_section);
3848    }
3849  else
3850    {
3851      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
3852      dynindx = h->dynindx;
3853      addr = seg = 0;
3854    }
3855
3856  if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h))
3857    {
3858      if (h == NULL || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
3859	{
3860	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3861			      offset
3862			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3863			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3864	  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
3865			      offset + 4
3866			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3867			      + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset);
3868	}
3869
3870      /* There are no dynamic relocations so fill in the final
3871	 address and gp value (barring fixups).  */
3872      addr += section->output_section->vma;
3873      seg = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
3874	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3875	+ htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
3876    }
3877  else
3878    sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, htab->srelfuncdesc,
3879			  offset
3880			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma
3881			  + htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset,
3882			  R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE, dynindx, 0);
3883
3884  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, addr, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset);
3885  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, seg, htab->sfuncdesc->contents + offset + 4);
3886
3887  return TRUE;
3888}
3889
3890/* Install a 20-bit movi20 field starting at ADDR, which occurs in OUTPUT_BFD.
3891   VALUE is the field's value.  Return bfd_reloc_ok if successful or an error
3892   otherwise.  */
3893
3894static bfd_reloc_status_type
3895install_movi20_field (bfd *output_bfd, unsigned long relocation,
3896		      bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3897		      bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma offset)
3898{
3899  unsigned long cur_val;
3900  bfd_byte *addr;
3901  bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3902
3903  if (offset > bfd_get_section_limit (input_bfd, input_section))
3904    return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
3905
3906  r = bfd_check_overflow (complain_overflow_signed, 20, 0,
3907			  bfd_arch_bits_per_address (input_bfd), relocation);
3908  if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
3909    return r;
3910
3911  addr = contents + offset;
3912  cur_val = bfd_get_16 (output_bfd, addr);
3913  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, cur_val | ((relocation & 0xf0000) >> 12), addr);
3914  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, relocation & 0xffff, addr + 2);
3915
3916  return bfd_reloc_ok;
3917}
3918
3919/* Relocate an SH ELF section.  */
3920
3921static bfd_boolean
3922sh_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3923			 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
3924			 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
3925			 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
3926			 asection **local_sections)
3927{
3928  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
3929  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3930  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
3931  Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
3932  bfd *dynobj = NULL;
3933  bfd_vma *local_got_offsets;
3934  asection *sgot = NULL;
3935  asection *sgotplt = NULL;
3936  asection *splt = NULL;
3937  asection *sreloc = NULL;
3938  asection *srelgot = NULL;
3939  bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls;
3940  unsigned isec_segment, got_segment, plt_segment, check_segment[2];
3941  bfd_boolean fdpic_p = FALSE;
3942
3943  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (input_bfd));
3944
3945  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
3946  if (htab != NULL)
3947    {
3948      dynobj = htab->root.dynobj;
3949      sgot = htab->sgot;
3950      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
3951      splt = htab->splt;
3952      fdpic_p = htab->fdpic_p;
3953    }
3954  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
3955  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd);
3956  local_got_offsets = elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd);
3957
3958  isec_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3959					 input_section->output_section);
3960  if (fdpic_p && sgot)
3961    got_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3962					  sgot->output_section);
3963  else
3964    got_segment = -1;
3965  if (fdpic_p && splt)
3966    plt_segment = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
3967					  splt->output_section);
3968  else
3969    plt_segment = -1;
3970
3971  /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
3972     specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'.  */
3973  is_vxworks_tls = (htab && htab->vxworks_p && info->shared
3974		    && !strcmp (input_section->output_section->name,
3975				".tls_vars"));
3976
3977  rel = relocs;
3978  relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count;
3979  for (; rel < relend; rel++)
3980    {
3981      int r_type;
3982      reloc_howto_type *howto;
3983      unsigned long r_symndx;
3984      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
3985      asection *sec;
3986      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3987      bfd_vma relocation;
3988      bfd_vma addend = (bfd_vma) 0;
3989      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
3990      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
3991      bfd_vma off;
3992      int got_type;
3993      const char *symname = NULL;
3994
3995      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
3996
3997      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
3998
3999      /* Many of the relocs are only used for relaxing, and are
4000	 handled entirely by the relaxation code.  */
4001      if (r_type >= (int) R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT
4002	  && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LABEL)
4003	continue;
4004      if (r_type == (int) R_SH_NONE)
4005	continue;
4006
4007      if (r_type < 0
4008	  || r_type >= R_SH_max
4009	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC
4010	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC)
4011	  || (r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_2
4012	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_2)
4013	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_3
4014	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_3)
4015	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_4
4016	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_4)
4017	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_5
4018	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_5)
4019	  || (   r_type >= (int) R_SH_FIRST_INVALID_RELOC_6
4020	      && r_type <= (int) R_SH_LAST_INVALID_RELOC_6))
4021	{
4022	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4023	  return FALSE;
4024	}
4025
4026      howto = get_howto_table (output_bfd) + r_type;
4027
4028      /* For relocs that aren't partial_inplace, we get the addend from
4029	 the relocation.  */
4030      if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4031	addend = rel->r_addend;
4032
4033      h = NULL;
4034      sym = NULL;
4035      sec = NULL;
4036      check_segment[0] = -1;
4037      check_segment[1] = -1;
4038      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
4039	{
4040	  sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
4041	  sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
4042
4043	  symname = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
4044	    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name);
4045	  if (symname == NULL || *symname == '\0')
4046	    symname = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
4047
4048	  relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
4049			+ sec->output_offset
4050			+ sym->st_value);
4051	  /* A local symbol never has STO_SH5_ISA32, so we don't need
4052	     datalabel processing here.  Make sure this does not change
4053	     without notice.  */
4054	  if ((sym->st_other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0)
4055	    ((*info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
4056	     (info,
4057	      _("Unexpected STO_SH5_ISA32 on local symbol is not handled"),
4058	      input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset));
4059
4060	  if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4061	    /* Handled below.  */
4062	    ;
4063	  else if (info->relocatable)
4064	    {
4065	      /* This is a relocatable link.  We don't have to change
4066		 anything, unless the reloc is against a section symbol,
4067		 in which case we have to adjust according to where the
4068		 section symbol winds up in the output section.  */
4069	      if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4070		{
4071		  if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4072		    {
4073		      /* For relocations with the addend in the
4074			 relocation, we need just to update the addend.
4075			 All real relocs are of type partial_inplace; this
4076			 code is mostly for completeness.  */
4077		      rel->r_addend += sec->output_offset;
4078
4079		      continue;
4080		    }
4081
4082		  /* Relocs of type partial_inplace need to pick up the
4083		     contents in the contents and add the offset resulting
4084		     from the changed location of the section symbol.
4085		     Using _bfd_final_link_relocate (e.g. goto
4086		     final_link_relocate) here would be wrong, because
4087		     relocations marked pc_relative would get the current
4088		     location subtracted, and we must only do that at the
4089		     final link.  */
4090		  r = _bfd_relocate_contents (howto, input_bfd,
4091					      sec->output_offset
4092					      + sym->st_value,
4093					      contents + rel->r_offset);
4094		  goto relocation_done;
4095		}
4096
4097	      continue;
4098	    }
4099	  else if (! howto->partial_inplace)
4100	    {
4101	      relocation = _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
4102	      addend = rel->r_addend;
4103	    }
4104	  else if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
4105		   && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
4106	    {
4107	      asection *msec;
4108
4109	      if (howto->rightshift || howto->src_mask != 0xffffffff)
4110		{
4111		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4112		    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against SEC_MERGE section"),
4113		     input_bfd, input_section,
4114		     (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name);
4115		  return FALSE;
4116		}
4117
4118	      addend = bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset);
4119	      msec = sec;
4120	      addend =
4121		_bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &msec, addend)
4122		- relocation;
4123	      addend += msec->output_section->vma + msec->output_offset;
4124	      bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, addend, contents + rel->r_offset);
4125	      addend = 0;
4126	    }
4127	}
4128      else
4129	{
4130	  /* FIXME: Ought to make use of the RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL macro.  */
4131
4132	  relocation = 0;
4133	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
4134	  symname = h->root.root.string;
4135	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
4136		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
4137	    {
4138#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4139	      /* If the reference passes a symbol marked with
4140		 STT_DATALABEL, then any STO_SH5_ISA32 on the final value
4141		 doesn't count.  */
4142	      seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
4143#endif
4144	      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
4145	    }
4146	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4147	      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4148	    {
4149	      bfd_boolean dyn;
4150
4151	      dyn = htab ? htab->root.dynamic_sections_created : FALSE;
4152	      sec = h->root.u.def.section;
4153	      /* In these cases, we don't need the relocation value.
4154		 We check specially because in some obscure cases
4155		 sec->output_section will be NULL.  */
4156	      if (r_type == R_SH_GOTPC
4157		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16
4158		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16
4159		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16
4160		  || r_type == R_SH_GOTPC_HI16
4161		  || ((r_type == R_SH_PLT32
4162		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_LOW16
4163		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16
4164		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16
4165		       || r_type == R_SH_PLT_HI16)
4166		      && h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4167		  || ((r_type == R_SH_GOT32
4168		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT20
4169		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC
4170		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20
4171		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
4172		       || r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20
4173		       || r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC
4174		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_LOW16
4175		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16
4176		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16
4177		       || r_type == R_SH_GOT_HI16)
4178		      && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4179		      && (! info->shared
4180			  || (! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4181			  || !h->def_regular))
4182		  /* The cases above are those in which relocation is
4183		     overwritten in the switch block below.  The cases
4184		     below are those in which we must defer relocation
4185		     to run-time, because we can't resolve absolute
4186		     addresses when creating a shared library.  */
4187		  || (info->shared
4188		      && ((! info->symbolic && h->dynindx != -1)
4189			  || !h->def_regular)
4190		      && ((r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4191			   && !h->forced_local)
4192			  || (r_type == R_SH_REL32
4193			      && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4194		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4195			  /* DWARF will emit R_SH_DIR32 relocations in its
4196			     sections against symbols defined externally
4197			     in shared libraries.  We can't do anything
4198			     with them here.  */
4199			  || ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4200			      && h->def_dynamic)))
4201		  /* Dynamic relocs are not propagated for SEC_DEBUGGING
4202		     sections because such sections are not SEC_ALLOC and
4203		     thus ld.so will not process them.  */
4204		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4205		      && ((input_section->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0
4206			  && h->def_dynamic))
4207		  || (sec->output_section == NULL
4208		      && (sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_IE
4209			  || sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)))
4210		;
4211	      else if (sec->output_section != NULL)
4212		relocation = ((h->root.u.def.value
4213			      + sec->output_section->vma
4214			      + sec->output_offset)
4215			      /* A STO_SH5_ISA32 causes a "bitor 1" to the
4216				 symbol value, unless we've seen
4217				 STT_DATALABEL on the way to it.  */
4218			      | ((h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32) != 0
4219				 && ! seen_stt_datalabel));
4220	      else if (!info->relocatable)
4221		{
4222		  (*_bfd_error_handler)
4223		    (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'"),
4224		     input_bfd,
4225		     input_section,
4226		     (long) rel->r_offset,
4227		     howto->name,
4228		     h->root.root.string);
4229		  return FALSE;
4230		}
4231	    }
4232	  else if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4233	    ;
4234	  else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
4235		   && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT)
4236	    ;
4237	  else if (!info->relocatable)
4238	    {
4239	      if (! info->callbacks->undefined_symbol
4240		  (info, h->root.root.string, input_bfd,
4241		   input_section, rel->r_offset,
4242		   (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR
4243		    || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))))
4244		return FALSE;
4245	    }
4246	}
4247
4248      if (sec != NULL && elf_discarded_section (sec))
4249	RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4250					 rel, relend, howto, contents);
4251
4252      if (info->relocatable)
4253	continue;
4254
4255      /* Check for inter-segment relocations in FDPIC files.  Most
4256	 relocations connect the relocation site to the location of
4257	 the target symbol, but there are some exceptions below.  */
4258      check_segment[0] = isec_segment;
4259      if (sec != NULL)
4260	check_segment[1] = sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
4261						   sec->output_section);
4262      else
4263	check_segment[1] = -1;
4264
4265      switch ((int) r_type)
4266	{
4267	final_link_relocate:
4268	  /* COFF relocs don't use the addend. The addend is used for
4269	     R_SH_DIR32 to be compatible with other compilers.  */
4270	  r = _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto, input_bfd, input_section,
4271					contents, rel->r_offset,
4272					relocation, addend);
4273	  break;
4274
4275	case R_SH_IND12W:
4276	  goto final_link_relocate;
4277
4278	case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4279	case R_SH_DIR8WPZ:
4280	case R_SH_DIR8WPL:
4281	  /* If the reloc is against the start of this section, then
4282	     the assembler has already taken care of it and the reloc
4283	     is here only to assist in relaxing.  If the reloc is not
4284	     against the start of this section, then it's against an
4285	     external symbol and we must deal with it ourselves.  */
4286	  if (input_section->output_section->vma + input_section->output_offset
4287	      != relocation)
4288	    {
4289	      int disp = (relocation
4290			  - input_section->output_section->vma
4291			  - input_section->output_offset
4292			  - rel->r_offset);
4293	      int mask = 0;
4294	      switch (r_type)
4295		{
4296		case R_SH_DIR8WPN:
4297		case R_SH_DIR8WPZ: mask = 1; break;
4298		case R_SH_DIR8WPL: mask = 3; break;
4299		default: mask = 0; break;
4300		}
4301	      if (disp & mask)
4302		{
4303		  ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4304		   (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned branch target for relax-support relocation"),
4305		    input_section->owner,
4306		    (unsigned long) rel->r_offset));
4307		  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4308		  return FALSE;
4309		}
4310	      relocation -= 4;
4311	      goto final_link_relocate;
4312	    }
4313	  r = bfd_reloc_ok;
4314	  break;
4315
4316	default:
4317#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4318	  if (shmedia_prepare_reloc (info, input_bfd, input_section,
4319				     contents, rel, &relocation))
4320	    goto final_link_relocate;
4321#endif
4322	  bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4323	  return FALSE;
4324
4325	case R_SH_DIR16:
4326	case R_SH_DIR8:
4327	case R_SH_DIR8U:
4328	case R_SH_DIR8S:
4329	case R_SH_DIR4U:
4330	  goto final_link_relocate;
4331
4332	case R_SH_DIR8UL:
4333	case R_SH_DIR4UL:
4334	  if (relocation & 3)
4335	    {
4336	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4337	       (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4338		input_section->owner,
4339		(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4340		(unsigned long) relocation));
4341	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4342	      return FALSE;
4343	    }
4344	  goto final_link_relocate;
4345
4346	case R_SH_DIR8UW:
4347	case R_SH_DIR8SW:
4348	case R_SH_DIR4UW:
4349	  if (relocation & 1)
4350	    {
4351	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4352	       (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: unaligned %s relocation 0x%lx"),
4353		input_section->owner,
4354		(unsigned long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
4355		(unsigned long) relocation));
4356	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4357	      return FALSE;
4358	    }
4359	  goto final_link_relocate;
4360
4361	case R_SH_PSHA:
4362	  if ((signed int)relocation < -32
4363	      || (signed int)relocation > 32)
4364	    {
4365	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4366	       (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHA relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4367		input_section->owner,
4368		(unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4369		(unsigned long) relocation));
4370	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4371	      return FALSE;
4372	    }
4373	  goto final_link_relocate;
4374
4375	case R_SH_PSHL:
4376	  if ((signed int)relocation < -16
4377	      || (signed int)relocation > 16)
4378	    {
4379	      ((*_bfd_error_handler)
4380	       (_("%B: 0x%lx: fatal: R_SH_PSHL relocation %d not in range -32..32"),
4381		input_section->owner,
4382		(unsigned long) rel->r_offset,
4383		(unsigned long) relocation));
4384	      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4385	      return FALSE;
4386	    }
4387	  goto final_link_relocate;
4388
4389	case R_SH_DIR32:
4390	case R_SH_REL32:
4391#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4392	case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
4393	case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
4394	case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
4395	case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
4396#endif
4397	  if (info->shared
4398	      && (h == NULL
4399		  || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4400		  || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4401	      && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
4402	      && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4403	      && !is_vxworks_tls
4404	      && (r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4405		  || !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)))
4406	    {
4407	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4408	      bfd_byte *loc;
4409	      bfd_boolean skip, relocate;
4410
4411	      /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
4412		 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
4413		 time.  */
4414
4415	      if (sreloc == NULL)
4416		{
4417		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
4418		    (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
4419		  if (sreloc == NULL)
4420		    return FALSE;
4421		}
4422
4423	      skip = FALSE;
4424	      relocate = FALSE;
4425
4426	      outrel.r_offset =
4427		_bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section,
4428					 rel->r_offset);
4429	      if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4430		skip = TRUE;
4431	      else if (outrel.r_offset == (bfd_vma) -2)
4432		skip = TRUE, relocate = TRUE;
4433	      outrel.r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
4434				  + input_section->output_offset);
4435
4436	      if (skip)
4437		memset (&outrel, 0, sizeof outrel);
4438	      else if (r_type == R_SH_REL32)
4439		{
4440		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4441		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_REL32);
4442		  outrel.r_addend
4443		    = (howto->partial_inplace
4444		       ? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4445		       : addend);
4446		}
4447#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4448	      else if (r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
4449		       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
4450		       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
4451		       || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL)
4452		{
4453		  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL && h->dynindx != -1);
4454		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, r_type);
4455		  outrel.r_addend = addend;
4456		}
4457#endif
4458	      else if (fdpic_p
4459		       && (h == NULL
4460			   || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4461			       && h->def_regular)))
4462		{
4463		  int dynindx;
4464
4465		  BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
4466		  BFD_ASSERT (sec->output_section != NULL);
4467		  dynindx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4468		  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4469		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4470		  outrel.r_addend
4471		    += (howto->partial_inplace
4472			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4473			: addend);
4474		  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4475		}
4476	      else
4477		{
4478		  /* h->dynindx may be -1 if this symbol was marked to
4479		     become local.  */
4480		  if (h == NULL
4481		      || ((info->symbolic || h->dynindx == -1)
4482			  && h->def_regular))
4483		    {
4484		      relocate = howto->partial_inplace;
4485		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4486		    }
4487		  else
4488		    {
4489		      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4490		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4491		    }
4492		  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4493		  outrel.r_addend
4494		    += (howto->partial_inplace
4495			? bfd_get_32 (input_bfd, contents + rel->r_offset)
4496			: addend);
4497		}
4498
4499	      loc = sreloc->contents;
4500	      loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4501	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4502
4503	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4504
4505	      /* If this reloc is against an external symbol, we do
4506		 not want to fiddle with the addend.  Otherwise, we
4507		 need to include the symbol value so that it becomes
4508		 an addend for the dynamic reloc.  */
4509	      if (! relocate)
4510		continue;
4511	    }
4512	  else if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4513		   && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
4514		   && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4515	    {
4516	      bfd_vma offset;
4517
4518	      BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4519
4520		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4521					    input_section->output_section))
4522		  {
4523		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4524		      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4525		       input_bfd,
4526		       input_section,
4527		       (long) rel->r_offset,
4528		       symname);
4529		    return FALSE;
4530		  }
4531
4532	      offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
4533						input_section, rel->r_offset);
4534	      if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
4535		sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4536				    input_section->output_section->vma
4537				    + input_section->output_offset
4538				    + rel->r_offset);
4539
4540	      check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4541	    }
4542	  goto final_link_relocate;
4543
4544	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
4545#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4546	case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
4547	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
4548	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
4549	case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
4550	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
4551	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
4552#endif
4553	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4554	     procedure linkage table.  */
4555
4556	  if (h == NULL
4557	      || h->forced_local
4558	      || ! info->shared
4559	      || info->symbolic
4560	      || h->dynindx == -1
4561	      || h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1
4562	      || h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
4563	    goto force_got;
4564
4565	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4566	     offset table extension for the procedure linkage table.  */
4567
4568	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4569	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4570	  relocation = (sgotplt->output_offset
4571			+ (get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset)
4572			   + 3) * 4);
4573
4574#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4575	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4576#endif
4577
4578	  goto final_link_relocate;
4579
4580	force_got:
4581	case R_SH_GOT32:
4582	case R_SH_GOT20:
4583#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4584	case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
4585	case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
4586	case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
4587	case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
4588	case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
4589	case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
4590#endif
4591	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
4592	     offset table.  */
4593
4594	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4595	  BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL);
4596	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4597
4598	  if (h != NULL)
4599	    {
4600	      bfd_boolean dyn;
4601
4602	      off = h->got.offset;
4603#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4604	      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4605		{
4606		  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4607
4608		  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4609		  off = hsh->datalabel_got.offset;
4610		}
4611#endif
4612	      BFD_ASSERT (off != (bfd_vma) -1);
4613
4614	      dyn = htab->root.dynamic_sections_created;
4615	      if (! WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
4616		  || (info->shared
4617		      && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
4618		  || (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other)
4619		      && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4620		{
4621		  /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
4622		     -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
4623		     locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
4624		     because of a version file.  We must initialize
4625		     this entry in the global offset table.  Since the
4626		     offset must always be a multiple of 4, we use the
4627		     least significant bit to record whether we have
4628		     initialized it already.
4629
4630		     When doing a dynamic link, we create a .rela.got
4631		     relocation entry to initialize the value.  This
4632		     is done in the finish_dynamic_symbol routine.  */
4633		  if ((off & 1) != 0)
4634		    off &= ~1;
4635		  else
4636		    {
4637		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
4638				  sgot->contents + off);
4639#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4640		      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
4641			{
4642			  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *hsh;
4643
4644			  hsh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *)h;
4645			  hsh->datalabel_got.offset |= 1;
4646			}
4647		      else
4648#endif
4649			h->got.offset |= 1;
4650
4651		      /* If we initialize the GOT entry here with a valid
4652			 symbol address, also add a fixup.  */
4653		      if (fdpic_p && !info->shared
4654			  && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type == GOT_NORMAL
4655			  && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
4656			      || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
4657			sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4658					    sgot->output_section->vma
4659					    + sgot->output_offset
4660					    + off);
4661		    }
4662		}
4663
4664	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4665	    }
4666	  else
4667	    {
4668#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4669	      if (rel->r_addend)
4670		{
4671		  BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4672			      && (local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4673						    + r_symndx]
4674				  != (bfd_vma) -1));
4675
4676		  off = local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info
4677					  + r_symndx];
4678		}
4679	      else
4680		{
4681#endif
4682	      BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL
4683			  && local_got_offsets[r_symndx] != (bfd_vma) -1);
4684
4685	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4686#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4687		}
4688#endif
4689
4690	      /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4.  We use
4691		 the least significant bit to record whether we have
4692		 already generated the necessary reloc.  */
4693	      if ((off & 1) != 0)
4694		off &= ~1;
4695	      else
4696		{
4697		  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation, sgot->contents + off);
4698
4699		  if (info->shared)
4700		    {
4701		      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
4702		      bfd_byte *loc;
4703
4704		      if (srelgot == NULL)
4705			{
4706			  srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj,
4707							     ".rela.got");
4708			  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
4709			}
4710
4711		      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
4712					 + sgot->output_offset
4713					 + off);
4714		      if (fdpic_p)
4715			{
4716			  int dynindx
4717			    = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
4718			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
4719			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4720			  outrel.r_addend -= sec->output_section->vma;
4721			}
4722		      else
4723			{
4724			  outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
4725			  outrel.r_addend = relocation;
4726			}
4727		      loc = srelgot->contents;
4728		      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
4729		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
4730		    }
4731		  else if (fdpic_p
4732			   && (sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx]
4733			       == GOT_NORMAL))
4734		    sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
4735					sgot->output_section->vma
4736					+ sgot->output_offset
4737					+ off);
4738
4739#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4740		  if (rel->r_addend)
4741		    local_got_offsets[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] |= 1;
4742		  else
4743#endif
4744		    local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
4745		}
4746
4747	      relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
4748	    }
4749
4750#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4751	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4752#endif
4753
4754	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOT20)
4755	    {
4756	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4757					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4758					rel->r_offset);
4759	      break;
4760	    }
4761	  else
4762	    goto final_link_relocate;
4763
4764	case R_SH_GOTOFF:
4765	case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
4766#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4767	case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
4768	case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
4769	case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
4770	case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
4771#endif
4772	  /* GOTOFF relocations are relative to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which
4773	     we place at the start of the .got.plt section.  This is the same
4774	     as the start of the output .got section, unless there are function
4775	     descriptors in front of it.  */
4776	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4777	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4778	  check_segment[0] = got_segment;
4779	  relocation -= sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset
4780	    + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value;
4781
4782#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4783	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
4784#endif
4785
4786	  addend = rel->r_addend;
4787
4788	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFF20)
4789	    {
4790	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
4791					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
4792					rel->r_offset);
4793	      break;
4794	    }
4795	  else
4796	    goto final_link_relocate;
4797
4798	case R_SH_GOTPC:
4799#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4800	case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
4801	case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
4802	case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
4803	case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
4804#endif
4805	  /* Use global offset table as symbol value.  */
4806
4807	  BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL);
4808	  relocation = sgotplt->output_section->vma + sgotplt->output_offset;
4809
4810#ifdef GOT_BIAS
4811	  relocation += GOT_BIAS;
4812#endif
4813
4814	  addend = rel->r_addend;
4815
4816	  goto final_link_relocate;
4817
4818	case R_SH_PLT32:
4819#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4820	case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
4821	case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
4822	case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
4823	case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
4824#endif
4825	  /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
4826	     procedure linkage table.  */
4827
4828	  /* Resolve a PLT reloc against a local symbol directly,
4829	     without using the procedure linkage table.  */
4830	  if (h == NULL)
4831	    goto final_link_relocate;
4832
4833	  /* We don't want to warn on calls to undefined weak symbols,
4834	     as calls to them must be protected by non-NULL tests
4835	     anyway, and unprotected calls would invoke undefined
4836	     behavior.  */
4837	  if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
4838	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4839
4840	  if (h->forced_local)
4841	    goto final_link_relocate;
4842
4843	  if (h->plt.offset == (bfd_vma) -1)
4844	    {
4845	      /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol.  This
4846		 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
4847		 using -Bsymbolic.  */
4848	      goto final_link_relocate;
4849	    }
4850
4851	  BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL);
4852	  check_segment[1] = plt_segment;
4853	  relocation = (splt->output_section->vma
4854			+ splt->output_offset
4855			+ h->plt.offset);
4856
4857#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
4858	  relocation++;
4859#endif
4860
4861	  addend = rel->r_addend;
4862
4863	  goto final_link_relocate;
4864
4865	/* Relocation is to the canonical function descriptor for this
4866	   symbol, possibly via the GOT.  Initialize the GOT
4867	   entry and function descriptor if necessary.  */
4868	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
4869	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
4870	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
4871	  {
4872	    int dynindx = -1;
4873	    asection *reloc_section;
4874	    bfd_vma reloc_offset;
4875	    int reloc_type = R_SH_FUNCDESC;
4876
4877	    BFD_ASSERT (htab);
4878
4879	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
4880
4881	    /* FIXME: See what FRV does for global symbols in the
4882	       executable, with --export-dynamic.  Do they need ld.so
4883	       to allocate official descriptors?  See what this code
4884	       does.  */
4885
4886	    relocation = 0;
4887	    addend = 0;
4888
4889	    if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
4890	      {
4891		reloc_section = input_section;
4892		reloc_offset = rel->r_offset;
4893	      }
4894	    else
4895	      {
4896		reloc_section = sgot;
4897
4898		if (h != NULL)
4899		  reloc_offset = h->got.offset;
4900		else
4901		  {
4902		    BFD_ASSERT (local_got_offsets != NULL);
4903		    reloc_offset = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
4904		  }
4905		BFD_ASSERT (reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE);
4906
4907		if (reloc_offset & 1)
4908		  {
4909		    reloc_offset &= ~1;
4910		    goto funcdesc_done_got;
4911		  }
4912	      }
4913
4914	    if (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4915		&& (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4916		    || !htab->root.dynamic_sections_created))
4917	      /* Undefined weak symbol which will not be dynamically
4918		 resolved later; leave it at zero.  */
4919	      goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
4920	    else if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
4921		     && ! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4922	      {
4923		/* If the symbol needs a non-local function descriptor
4924		   but binds locally (i.e., its visibility is
4925		   protected), emit a dynamic relocation decayed to
4926		   section+offset.  This is an optimization; the dynamic
4927		   linker would resolve our function descriptor request
4928		   to our copy of the function anyway.  */
4929		dynindx = elf_section_data (h->root.u.def.section
4930					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
4931		relocation += h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
4932		  + h->root.u.def.value;
4933	      }
4934	    else if (! SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4935	      {
4936		/* If the symbol is dynamic and there will be dynamic
4937		   symbol resolution because we are or are linked with a
4938		   shared library, emit a FUNCDESC relocation such that
4939		   the dynamic linker will allocate the function
4940		   descriptor.  */
4941		BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
4942		dynindx = h->dynindx;
4943	      }
4944	    else
4945	      {
4946		bfd_vma offset;
4947
4948		/* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
4949		   descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
4950		reloc_type = R_SH_DIR32;
4951		dynindx = elf_section_data (htab->sfuncdesc
4952					    ->output_section)->dynindx;
4953
4954		if (h)
4955		  {
4956		    offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
4957		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4958		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4959		      {
4960			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
4961							 offset, NULL, 0))
4962			  return FALSE;
4963			sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
4964		      }
4965		  }
4966		else
4967		  {
4968		    union gotref *local_funcdesc;
4969
4970		    local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
4971		    offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
4972		    BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
4973		    if ((offset & 1) == 0)
4974		      {
4975			if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
4976							 offset, sec,
4977							 sym->st_value))
4978			  return FALSE;
4979			local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
4980		      }
4981		  }
4982
4983		relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
4984	      }
4985
4986	    if (!info->shared && SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
4987	      {
4988		bfd_vma offset;
4989
4990		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
4991					    reloc_section->output_section))
4992		  {
4993		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
4994		      (_("%B(%A+0x%lx): cannot emit fixup to `%s' in read-only section"),
4995		       input_bfd,
4996		       input_section,
4997		       (long) rel->r_offset,
4998		       symname);
4999		    return FALSE;
5000		  }
5001
5002		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5003						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5004
5005		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5006		  sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup,
5007				      offset
5008				      + reloc_section->output_section->vma
5009				      + reloc_section->output_offset);
5010	      }
5011	    else if ((reloc_section->output_section->flags
5012		      & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)) == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5013	      {
5014		bfd_vma offset;
5015
5016		if (sh_elf_osec_readonly_p (output_bfd,
5017					    reloc_section->output_section))
5018		  {
5019		    info->callbacks->warning
5020		      (info,
5021		       _("cannot emit dynamic relocations in read-only section"),
5022		       symname, input_bfd, reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5023		    return FALSE;
5024		  }
5025
5026		if (srelgot == NULL)
5027		  {
5028		    srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5029		    BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5030		  }
5031
5032		offset = _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info,
5033						  reloc_section, reloc_offset);
5034
5035		if (offset != (bfd_vma)-1)
5036		  sh_elf_add_dyn_reloc (output_bfd, srelgot,
5037					offset
5038					+ reloc_section->output_section->vma
5039					+ reloc_section->output_offset,
5040					reloc_type, dynindx, relocation);
5041
5042		if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5043		  {
5044		    r = bfd_reloc_ok;
5045		    break;
5046		  }
5047		else
5048		  {
5049		    relocation = 0;
5050		    goto funcdesc_leave_zero;
5051		  }
5052	      }
5053
5054	    if (SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h))
5055	      relocation += htab->sfuncdesc->output_section->vma;
5056	  funcdesc_leave_zero:
5057	    if (r_type != R_SH_FUNCDESC)
5058	      {
5059		bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, relocation,
5060			    reloc_section->contents + reloc_offset);
5061		if (h != NULL)
5062		  h->got.offset |= 1;
5063		else
5064		  local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5065
5066	      funcdesc_done_got:
5067
5068		relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + reloc_offset;
5069#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5070		relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5071#endif
5072	      }
5073	    if (r_type == R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20)
5074	      {
5075		r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5076					  input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5077					  rel->r_offset);
5078		break;
5079	      }
5080	    else
5081	      goto final_link_relocate;
5082	  }
5083	  break;
5084
5085	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5086	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5087	  /* FIXME: See R_SH_FUNCDESC comment about global symbols in the
5088	     executable and --export-dynamic.  If such symbols get
5089	     ld.so-allocated descriptors we can not use R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC
5090	     for them.  */
5091	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5092
5093	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5094	  relocation = 0;
5095	  addend = rel->r_addend;
5096
5097	  if (h && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5098		    || !SYMBOL_FUNCDESC_LOCAL (info, h)))
5099	    {
5100	      _bfd_error_handler
5101		(_("%B(%A+0x%lx): %s relocation against external symbol \"%s\""),
5102		 input_bfd, input_section, (long) rel->r_offset, howto->name,
5103		 h->root.root.string);
5104	      return FALSE;
5105	    }
5106	  else
5107	    {
5108	      bfd_vma offset;
5109
5110	      /* Otherwise, we know we have a private function
5111		 descriptor, so reference it directly.  */
5112	      if (h)
5113		{
5114		  offset = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset;
5115		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5116		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5117		    {
5118		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, h,
5119						       offset, NULL, 0))
5120			return FALSE;
5121		      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.offset |= 1;
5122		    }
5123		}
5124	      else
5125		{
5126		  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5127
5128		  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (input_bfd);
5129		  offset = local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset;
5130		  BFD_ASSERT (offset != MINUS_ONE);
5131		  if ((offset & 1) == 0)
5132		    {
5133		      if (!sh_elf_initialize_funcdesc (output_bfd, info, NULL,
5134						       offset, sec,
5135						       sym->st_value))
5136			return FALSE;
5137		      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].offset |= 1;
5138		    }
5139		}
5140
5141	      relocation = htab->sfuncdesc->output_offset + (offset & ~1);
5142	    }
5143
5144	  relocation -= (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
5145			 + sgotplt->output_offset);
5146#ifdef GOT_BIAS
5147	  relocation -= GOT_BIAS;
5148#endif
5149
5150	  if (r_type == R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20)
5151	    {
5152	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, relocation + addend,
5153					input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5154					rel->r_offset);
5155	      break;
5156	    }
5157	  else
5158	    goto final_link_relocate;
5159
5160	case R_SH_LOOP_START:
5161	  {
5162	    static bfd_vma start, end;
5163
5164	    start = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5165		     - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5166	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5167				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5168	    break;
5169
5170	case R_SH_LOOP_END:
5171	    end = (relocation + rel->r_addend
5172		   - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset));
5173	    r = sh_elf_reloc_loop (r_type, input_bfd, input_section, contents,
5174				   rel->r_offset, sec, start, end);
5175	    break;
5176	  }
5177
5178	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5179	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5180	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5181	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5182	  r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
5183	  got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
5184	  if (h == NULL && local_got_offsets)
5185	    got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (input_bfd) [r_symndx];
5186	  else if (h != NULL)
5187	    {
5188	      got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
5189	      if (! info->shared
5190		  && (h->dynindx == -1
5191		      || h->def_regular))
5192		r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
5193	    }
5194
5195	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 && got_type == GOT_TLS_IE)
5196	    r_type = R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
5197
5198	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_LE_32)
5199	    {
5200	      bfd_vma offset;
5201	      unsigned short insn;
5202
5203	      if (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info) == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5204		{
5205		  /* GD->LE transition:
5206		       mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5207		       jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5208		       1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5209		     We change it into:
5210		       mov.l 1f,r4; stc gbr,r0; add r4,r0; nop;
5211		       nop; nop; ...
5212		       1: .long x@TPOFF; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:.  */
5213
5214		  offset = rel->r_offset;
5215		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5216		  /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5217		  offset -= 16;
5218		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5219		  if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5220		    {
5221		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5222		      offset -= 2;
5223		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5224		    }
5225
5226		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5227		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5228		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5229		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5230		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5231		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5232		  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5233		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5234		  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5235		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5236		  BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5237
5238		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 2);
5239		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 4);
5240		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5241		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5242		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5243		}
5244	      else
5245		{
5246		  int target;
5247
5248		  /* IE->LE transition:
5249		     mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,rN; mov.l @(r0,r12),rM;
5250		     bra 2f; add ...; .align 2; 1: x@GOTTPOFF; 2:
5251		     We change it into:
5252		     mov.l .Ln,rM; stc gbr,rN; nop; ...;
5253		     1: x@TPOFF; 2:.  */
5254
5255		  offset = rel->r_offset;
5256		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5257		  /* Size of IE instructions is 10 or 12.  */
5258		  offset -= 10;
5259		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5260		  if ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012)
5261		    {
5262		      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5263		      offset -= 2;
5264		      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5265		    }
5266
5267		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd000);
5268		  target = insn & 0x00ff;
5269		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5270		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x0012);
5271		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5272		  BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xf0ff) == 0x00ce);
5273		  insn = 0xd000 | (insn & 0x0f00) | target;
5274		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn, contents + offset + 0);
5275		  bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5276		}
5277
5278	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5279			  contents + rel->r_offset);
5280	      continue;
5281	    }
5282
5283	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5284	    abort ();
5285
5286	  if (h != NULL)
5287	    off = h->got.offset;
5288	  else
5289	    {
5290	      if (local_got_offsets == NULL)
5291		abort ();
5292
5293	      off = local_got_offsets[r_symndx];
5294	    }
5295
5296	  /* Relocate R_SH_TLS_IE_32 directly when statically linking.  */
5297	  if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
5298	      && ! htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
5299	    {
5300	      off &= ~1;
5301	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, tpoff (info, relocation),
5302			  sgot->contents + off);
5303	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5304			  contents + rel->r_offset);
5305	      continue;
5306	    }
5307
5308	  if ((off & 1) != 0)
5309	    off &= ~1;
5310	  else
5311	    {
5312	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5313	      bfd_byte *loc;
5314	      int dr_type, indx;
5315
5316	      if (srelgot == NULL)
5317		{
5318		  srelgot = bfd_get_section_by_name (dynobj, ".rela.got");
5319		  BFD_ASSERT (srelgot != NULL);
5320		}
5321
5322	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5323				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5324
5325	      if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5326		indx = 0;
5327	      else
5328		indx = h->dynindx;
5329
5330	      dr_type = (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32 ? R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32 :
5331			 R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5332	      if (dr_type == R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32 && indx == 0)
5333		outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5334	      else
5335		outrel.r_addend = 0;
5336	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, dr_type);
5337	      loc = srelgot->contents;
5338	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5339	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5340
5341	      if (r_type == R_SH_TLS_GD_32)
5342		{
5343		  if (indx == 0)
5344		    {
5345		      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
5346				  relocation - dtpoff_base (info),
5347				  sgot->contents + off + 4);
5348		    }
5349		  else
5350		    {
5351		      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx,
5352						    R_SH_TLS_DTPOFF32);
5353		      outrel.r_offset += 4;
5354		      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5355		      srelgot->reloc_count++;
5356		      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5357		      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5358		    }
5359		}
5360
5361	      if (h != NULL)
5362		h->got.offset |= 1;
5363	      else
5364		local_got_offsets[r_symndx] |= 1;
5365	    }
5366
5367	  if (off >= (bfd_vma) -2)
5368	    abort ();
5369
5370	  if (r_type == (int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5371	    relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5372	  else
5373	    {
5374	      bfd_vma offset;
5375	      unsigned short insn;
5376
5377	      /* GD->IE transition:
5378		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5379		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5380		   1: .long x$TLSGD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5381		 We change it into:
5382		   mov.l 1f,r0; stc gbr,r4; mov.l @(r0,r12),r0; add r4,r0;
5383		   nop; nop; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5384		   1: .long x@TPOFF; 2:...; 3:.  */
5385
5386	      offset = rel->r_offset;
5387	      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5388	      /* Size of GD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5389	      offset -= 16;
5390	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5391	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5392		{
5393		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5394		  offset -= 2;
5395		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5396		}
5397
5398	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5399
5400	      /* Replace mov.l 1f,R4 with mov.l 1f,r0.  */
5401	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, insn & 0xf0ff, contents + offset);
5402
5403	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5404	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5405	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5406	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5407	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5408	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5409	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5410	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5411	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5412	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5413
5414	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0412, contents + offset + 2);
5415	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x00ce, contents + offset + 4);
5416	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x304c, contents + offset + 6);
5417	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5418	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5419
5420	      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off,
5421			  contents + rel->r_offset);
5422
5423	      continue;
5424	  }
5425
5426	  addend = rel->r_addend;
5427
5428	  goto final_link_relocate;
5429
5430	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5431	  BFD_ASSERT (htab);
5432	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5433	  if (! info->shared)
5434	    {
5435	      bfd_vma offset;
5436	      unsigned short insn;
5437
5438	      /* LD->LE transition:
5439		   mov.l 1f,r4; mova 2f,r0; mov.l 2f,r1; add r0,r1;
5440		   jsr @r1; add r12,r4; bra 3f; nop; .align 2;
5441		   1: .long x$TLSLD; 2: .long __tls_get_addr@PLT; 3:
5442		 We change it into:
5443		   stc gbr,r0; nop; nop; nop;
5444		   nop; nop; bra 3f; ...; 3:.  */
5445
5446	      offset = rel->r_offset;
5447	      BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 16);
5448	      /* Size of LD instructions is 16 or 18.  */
5449	      offset -= 16;
5450	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5451	      if ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700)
5452		{
5453		  BFD_ASSERT (offset >= 2);
5454		  offset -= 2;
5455		  insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 0);
5456		}
5457
5458	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd400);
5459	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 2);
5460	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xc700);
5461	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 4);
5462	      BFD_ASSERT ((insn & 0xff00) == 0xd100);
5463	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 6);
5464	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x310c);
5465	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 8);
5466	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x410b);
5467	      insn = bfd_get_16 (input_bfd, contents + offset + 10);
5468	      BFD_ASSERT (insn == 0x34cc);
5469
5470	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0012, contents + offset + 0);
5471	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 2);
5472	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 4);
5473	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 6);
5474	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 8);
5475	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd, 0x0009, contents + offset + 10);
5476
5477	      continue;
5478	    }
5479
5480	  if (sgot == NULL || sgotplt == NULL)
5481	    abort ();
5482
5483	  off = htab->tls_ldm_got.offset;
5484	  if (off & 1)
5485	    off &= ~1;
5486	  else
5487	    {
5488	      Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5489	      bfd_byte *loc;
5490
5491	      srelgot = htab->srelgot;
5492	      if (srelgot == NULL)
5493		abort ();
5494
5495	      outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
5496				 + sgot->output_offset + off);
5497	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5498	      outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_TLS_DTPMOD32);
5499	      loc = srelgot->contents;
5500	      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5501	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5502	      htab->tls_ldm_got.offset |= 1;
5503	    }
5504
5505	  relocation = sh_elf_got_offset (htab) + off;
5506	  addend = rel->r_addend;
5507
5508	  goto final_link_relocate;
5509
5510	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
5511	  check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5512	  if (! info->shared)
5513	    relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5514	  else
5515	    relocation -= dtpoff_base (info);
5516
5517	  addend = rel->r_addend;
5518	  goto final_link_relocate;
5519
5520	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
5521	  {
5522	    int indx;
5523	    Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5524	    bfd_byte *loc;
5525
5526	    check_segment[0] = check_segment[1] = -1;
5527
5528	    if (! info->shared)
5529	      {
5530		relocation = tpoff (info, relocation);
5531		addend = rel->r_addend;
5532		goto final_link_relocate;
5533	      }
5534
5535	    if (sreloc == NULL)
5536	      {
5537		sreloc = _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section
5538		  (input_bfd, input_section, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
5539		if (sreloc == NULL)
5540		  return FALSE;
5541	      }
5542
5543	    if (h == NULL || h->dynindx == -1)
5544	      indx = 0;
5545	    else
5546	      indx = h->dynindx;
5547
5548	    outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5549			       + input_section->output_offset
5550			       + rel->r_offset);
5551	    outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32);
5552	    if (indx == 0)
5553	      outrel.r_addend = relocation - dtpoff_base (info);
5554	    else
5555	      outrel.r_addend = 0;
5556
5557	    loc = sreloc->contents;
5558	    loc += sreloc->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5559	    bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &outrel, loc);
5560	    continue;
5561	  }
5562	}
5563
5564    relocation_done:
5565      if (fdpic_p && check_segment[0] != (unsigned) -1
5566	  && check_segment[0] != check_segment[1])
5567	{
5568	  /* We don't want duplicate errors for undefined symbols.  */
5569	  if (!h || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined)
5570	    {
5571	      if (info->shared)
5572		{
5573		  info->callbacks->einfo
5574		    (_("%X%C: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5575		     input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5576		  return FALSE;
5577		}
5578	      else
5579		info->callbacks->einfo
5580		  (_("%C: warning: relocation to \"%s\" references a different segment\n"),
5581		   input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset, symname);
5582	    }
5583
5584	  elf_elfheader (output_bfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_PIC;
5585	}
5586
5587      if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
5588	{
5589	  switch (r)
5590	    {
5591	    default:
5592	    case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
5593	      abort ();
5594	    case bfd_reloc_overflow:
5595	      {
5596		const char *name;
5597
5598		if (h != NULL)
5599		  name = NULL;
5600		else
5601		  {
5602		    name = (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
5603			    (input_bfd, symtab_hdr->sh_link, sym->st_name));
5604		    if (name == NULL)
5605		      return FALSE;
5606		    if (*name == '\0')
5607		      name = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5608		  }
5609		if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
5610		       (info, (h ? &h->root : NULL), name, howto->name,
5611			(bfd_vma) 0, input_bfd, input_section,
5612			rel->r_offset)))
5613		  return FALSE;
5614	      }
5615	      break;
5616	    }
5617	}
5618    }
5619
5620  return TRUE;
5621}
5622
5623/* This is a version of bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents
5624   which uses sh_elf_relocate_section.  */
5625
5626static bfd_byte *
5627sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents (bfd *output_bfd,
5628				       struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
5629				       struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
5630				       bfd_byte *data,
5631				       bfd_boolean relocatable,
5632				       asymbol **symbols)
5633{
5634  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5635  asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
5636  bfd *input_bfd = input_section->owner;
5637  asection **sections = NULL;
5638  Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs = NULL;
5639  Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
5640
5641  /* We only need to handle the case of relaxing, or of having a
5642     particular set of section contents, specially.  */
5643  if (relocatable
5644      || elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents == NULL)
5645    return bfd_generic_get_relocated_section_contents (output_bfd, link_info,
5646						       link_order, data,
5647						       relocatable,
5648						       symbols);
5649
5650  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd);
5651
5652  memcpy (data, elf_section_data (input_section)->this_hdr.contents,
5653	  (size_t) input_section->size);
5654
5655  if ((input_section->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0
5656      && input_section->reloc_count > 0)
5657    {
5658      asection **secpp;
5659      Elf_Internal_Sym *isym, *isymend;
5660      bfd_size_type amt;
5661
5662      internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
5663			 (input_bfd, input_section, NULL,
5664			  (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL, FALSE));
5665      if (internal_relocs == NULL)
5666	goto error_return;
5667
5668      if (symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
5669	{
5670	  isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
5671	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
5672	    isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
5673					    symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
5674					    NULL, NULL, NULL);
5675	  if (isymbuf == NULL)
5676	    goto error_return;
5677	}
5678
5679      amt = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5680      amt *= sizeof (asection *);
5681      sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc (amt);
5682      if (sections == NULL && amt != 0)
5683	goto error_return;
5684
5685      isymend = isymbuf + symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5686      for (isym = isymbuf, secpp = sections; isym < isymend; ++isym, ++secpp)
5687	{
5688	  asection *isec;
5689
5690	  if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
5691	    isec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
5692	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
5693	    isec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5694	  else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
5695	    isec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
5696	  else
5697	    isec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd, isym->st_shndx);
5698
5699	  *secpp = isec;
5700	}
5701
5702      if (! sh_elf_relocate_section (output_bfd, link_info, input_bfd,
5703				     input_section, data, internal_relocs,
5704				     isymbuf, sections))
5705	goto error_return;
5706
5707      if (sections != NULL)
5708	free (sections);
5709      if (isymbuf != NULL
5710	  && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5711	free (isymbuf);
5712      if (elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5713	free (internal_relocs);
5714    }
5715
5716  return data;
5717
5718 error_return:
5719  if (sections != NULL)
5720    free (sections);
5721  if (isymbuf != NULL
5722      && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
5723    free (isymbuf);
5724  if (internal_relocs != NULL
5725      && elf_section_data (input_section)->relocs != internal_relocs)
5726    free (internal_relocs);
5727  return NULL;
5728}
5729
5730/* Return the base VMA address which should be subtracted from real addresses
5731   when resolving @dtpoff relocation.
5732   This is PT_TLS segment p_vaddr.  */
5733
5734static bfd_vma
5735dtpoff_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
5736{
5737  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5738  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5739    return 0;
5740  return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma;
5741}
5742
5743/* Return the relocation value for R_SH_TLS_TPOFF32..  */
5744
5745static bfd_vma
5746tpoff (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_vma address)
5747{
5748  /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already.  */
5749  if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
5750    return 0;
5751  /* SH TLS ABI is variant I and static TLS block start just after tcbhead
5752     structure which has 2 pointer fields.  */
5753  return (address - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma
5754	  + align_power ((bfd_vma) 8,
5755			 elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->alignment_power));
5756}
5757
5758static asection *
5759sh_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
5760		     struct bfd_link_info *info,
5761		     Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
5762		     struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
5763		     Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
5764{
5765  if (h != NULL)
5766    switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info))
5767      {
5768      case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5769      case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
5770	return NULL;
5771      }
5772
5773  return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
5774}
5775
5776/* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed.  */
5777
5778static bfd_boolean
5779sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
5780		      asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
5781{
5782  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5783  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
5784  bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
5785  union gotref *local_funcdesc;
5786  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
5787
5788  if (info->relocatable)
5789    return TRUE;
5790
5791  elf_section_data (sec)->local_dynrel = NULL;
5792
5793  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
5794  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
5795  local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
5796  local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
5797
5798  relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
5799  for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
5800    {
5801      unsigned long r_symndx;
5802      unsigned int r_type;
5803      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5804#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5805      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
5806#endif
5807
5808      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
5809      if (r_symndx >= symtab_hdr->sh_info)
5810	{
5811	  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5812	  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
5813	  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
5814
5815	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
5816	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5817		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5818	    {
5819#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5820	      seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
5821#endif
5822	      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
5823	    }
5824	  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5825	  for (pp = &eh->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; pp = &p->next)
5826	    if (p->sec == sec)
5827	      {
5828		/* Everything must go for SEC.  */
5829		*pp = p->next;
5830		break;
5831	      }
5832	}
5833
5834      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
5835      switch (sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h != NULL))
5836	{
5837	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
5838	  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount > 0)
5839	    sh_elf_hash_table (info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount -= 1;
5840	  break;
5841
5842	case R_SH_GOT32:
5843	case R_SH_GOT20:
5844	case R_SH_GOTOFF:
5845	case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
5846	case R_SH_GOTPC:
5847#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5848	case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
5849	case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
5850	case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
5851	case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
5852	case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
5853	case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
5854	case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
5855	case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
5856	case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
5857	case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
5858	case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
5859	case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
5860	case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
5861	case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
5862#endif
5863	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
5864	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
5865	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
5866	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
5867	  if (h != NULL)
5868	    {
5869#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5870	      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5871		{
5872		  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5873		  eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5874		  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5875		    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5876		}
5877	      else
5878#endif
5879		if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5880		  h->got.refcount -= 1;
5881	    }
5882	  else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5883	    {
5884#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5885	      if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5886		{
5887		  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5888		    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5889		}
5890	      else
5891#endif
5892		if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5893		  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5894	    }
5895	  break;
5896
5897	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
5898	  if (h != NULL)
5899	    sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount -= 1;
5900	  else if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared)
5901	    sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5902
5903	  /* Fall through.  */
5904
5905	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
5906	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
5907	  if (h != NULL)
5908	    sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount -= 1;
5909	  else
5910	    local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount -= 1;
5911	  break;
5912
5913	case R_SH_DIR32:
5914	  if (sh_elf_hash_table (info)->fdpic_p && !info->shared
5915	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5916	    sh_elf_hash_table (info)->srofixup->size -= 4;
5917	  /* Fall thru */
5918
5919	case R_SH_REL32:
5920	  if (info->shared)
5921	    break;
5922	  /* Fall thru */
5923
5924	case R_SH_PLT32:
5925#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5926	case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
5927	case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
5928	case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
5929	case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
5930#endif
5931	  if (h != NULL)
5932	    {
5933	      if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5934		h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5935	    }
5936	  break;
5937
5938	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
5939#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5940	case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
5941	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
5942	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
5943	case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
5944	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
5945	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
5946#endif
5947	  if (h != NULL)
5948	    {
5949	      struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
5950	      eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
5951	      if (eh->gotplt_refcount > 0)
5952		{
5953		  eh->gotplt_refcount -= 1;
5954		  if (h->plt.refcount > 0)
5955		    h->plt.refcount -= 1;
5956		}
5957#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5958	      else if (seen_stt_datalabel)
5959		{
5960		  if (eh->datalabel_got.refcount > 0)
5961		    eh->datalabel_got.refcount -= 1;
5962		}
5963#endif
5964	      else if (h->got.refcount > 0)
5965		h->got.refcount -= 1;
5966	    }
5967	  else if (local_got_refcounts != NULL)
5968	    {
5969#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
5970	      if (rel->r_addend & 1)
5971		{
5972		  if (local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] > 0)
5973		    local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] -= 1;
5974		}
5975	      else
5976#endif
5977		if (local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] > 0)
5978		  local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] -= 1;
5979	    }
5980	  break;
5981
5982	default:
5983	  break;
5984	}
5985    }
5986
5987  return TRUE;
5988}
5989
5990/* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry.  */
5991
5992static void
5993sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5994			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
5995			     struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
5996{
5997  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *edir, *eind;
5998
5999  edir = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) dir;
6000  eind = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) ind;
6001
6002  if (eind->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6003    {
6004      if (edir->dyn_relocs != NULL)
6005	{
6006	  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **pp;
6007	  struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6008
6009	  /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
6010	     list.  Merge any entries against the same section.  */
6011	  for (pp = &eind->dyn_relocs; (p = *pp) != NULL; )
6012	    {
6013	      struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *q;
6014
6015	      for (q = edir->dyn_relocs; q != NULL; q = q->next)
6016		if (q->sec == p->sec)
6017		  {
6018		    q->pc_count += p->pc_count;
6019		    q->count += p->count;
6020		    *pp = p->next;
6021		    break;
6022		  }
6023	      if (q == NULL)
6024		pp = &p->next;
6025	    }
6026	  *pp = edir->dyn_relocs;
6027	}
6028
6029      edir->dyn_relocs = eind->dyn_relocs;
6030      eind->dyn_relocs = NULL;
6031    }
6032  edir->gotplt_refcount = eind->gotplt_refcount;
6033  eind->gotplt_refcount = 0;
6034#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6035  edir->datalabel_got.refcount += eind->datalabel_got.refcount;
6036  eind->datalabel_got.refcount = 0;
6037#endif
6038  edir->funcdesc.refcount += eind->funcdesc.refcount;
6039  eind->funcdesc.refcount = 0;
6040  edir->abs_funcdesc_refcount += eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount;
6041  eind->abs_funcdesc_refcount = 0;
6042
6043  if (ind->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6044      && dir->got.refcount <= 0)
6045    {
6046      edir->got_type = eind->got_type;
6047      eind->got_type = GOT_UNKNOWN;
6048    }
6049
6050  if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect
6051      && dir->dynamic_adjusted)
6052    {
6053      /* If called to transfer flags for a weakdef during processing
6054	 of elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, don't copy non_got_ref.
6055	 We clear it ourselves for ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS.  */
6056      dir->ref_dynamic |= ind->ref_dynamic;
6057      dir->ref_regular |= ind->ref_regular;
6058      dir->ref_regular_nonweak |= ind->ref_regular_nonweak;
6059      dir->needs_plt |= ind->needs_plt;
6060    }
6061  else
6062    _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
6063}
6064
6065static int
6066sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (struct bfd_link_info *info, int r_type,
6067			    int is_local)
6068{
6069  if (info->shared)
6070    return r_type;
6071
6072  switch (r_type)
6073    {
6074    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6075    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6076      if (is_local)
6077	return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6078      return R_SH_TLS_IE_32;
6079    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6080      return R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6081    }
6082
6083  return r_type;
6084}
6085
6086/* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase.
6087   Since we don't do .gots or .plts, we just need to consider the
6088   virtual table relocs for gc.  */
6089
6090static bfd_boolean
6091sh_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *sec,
6092		     const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
6093{
6094  Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
6095  struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
6096  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6097  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
6098  const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
6099  asection *sreloc;
6100  unsigned int r_type;
6101  int got_type, old_got_type;
6102
6103  sreloc = NULL;
6104
6105  if (info->relocatable)
6106    return TRUE;
6107
6108  BFD_ASSERT (is_sh_elf (abfd));
6109
6110  symtab_hdr = &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
6111  sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
6112
6113  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6114  if (htab == NULL)
6115    return FALSE;
6116
6117  rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
6118  for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; rel++)
6119    {
6120      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
6121      unsigned long r_symndx;
6122#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6123      int seen_stt_datalabel = 0;
6124#endif
6125
6126      r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (rel->r_info);
6127      r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (rel->r_info);
6128
6129      if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
6130	h = NULL;
6131      else
6132	{
6133	  h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info];
6134	  while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
6135		 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
6136	    {
6137#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6138	      seen_stt_datalabel |= h->type == STT_DATALABEL;
6139#endif
6140	      h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
6141	    }
6142	}
6143
6144      r_type = sh_elf_optimized_tls_reloc (info, r_type, h == NULL);
6145      if (! info->shared
6146	  && r_type == R_SH_TLS_IE_32
6147	  && h != NULL
6148	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefined
6149	  && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6150	  && (h->dynindx == -1
6151	      || h->def_regular))
6152	r_type = R_SH_TLS_LE_32;
6153
6154      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6155	switch (r_type)
6156	  {
6157	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6158	  case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6159	  case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6160	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6161	  case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6162	    if (h != NULL)
6163	      {
6164		if (h->dynindx == -1)
6165		  switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
6166		    {
6167		    case STV_INTERNAL:
6168		    case STV_HIDDEN:
6169		      break;
6170		    default:
6171		      bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h);
6172		      break;
6173		    }
6174	      }
6175	    break;
6176	  }
6177
6178      /* Some relocs require a global offset table.  */
6179      if (htab->sgot == NULL)
6180	{
6181	  switch (r_type)
6182	    {
6183	    case R_SH_DIR32:
6184	      /* This may require an rofixup.  */
6185	      if (!htab->fdpic_p)
6186		break;
6187	    case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6188	    case R_SH_GOT32:
6189	    case R_SH_GOT20:
6190	    case R_SH_GOTOFF:
6191	    case R_SH_GOTOFF20:
6192	    case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6193	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6194	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6195	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6196	    case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6197	    case R_SH_GOTPC:
6198#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6199	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6200	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6201	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6202	    case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6203	    case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6204	    case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6205	    case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6206	    case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6207	    case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6208	    case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6209	    case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6210	    case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6211	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_LOW16:
6212	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDLOW16:
6213	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_MEDHI16:
6214	    case R_SH_GOTOFF_HI16:
6215	    case R_SH_GOTPC_LOW16:
6216	    case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDLOW16:
6217	    case R_SH_GOTPC_MEDHI16:
6218	    case R_SH_GOTPC_HI16:
6219#endif
6220	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6221	    case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6222	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6223	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6224		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6225	      if (!create_got_section (htab->root.dynobj, info))
6226		return FALSE;
6227	      break;
6228
6229	    default:
6230	      break;
6231	    }
6232	}
6233
6234      switch (r_type)
6235	{
6236	  /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
6237	     Reconstruct it for later use during GC.  */
6238	case R_SH_GNU_VTINHERIT:
6239	  if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
6240	    return FALSE;
6241	  break;
6242
6243	  /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
6244	     used.  Record for later use during GC.  */
6245	case R_SH_GNU_VTENTRY:
6246	  BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
6247	  if (h != NULL
6248	      && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_addend))
6249	    return FALSE;
6250	  break;
6251
6252	case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6253	  if (info->shared)
6254	    info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
6255
6256	  /* FALLTHROUGH */
6257	force_got:
6258	case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6259	case R_SH_GOT32:
6260	case R_SH_GOT20:
6261#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6262	case R_SH_GOT_LOW16:
6263	case R_SH_GOT_MEDLOW16:
6264	case R_SH_GOT_MEDHI16:
6265	case R_SH_GOT_HI16:
6266	case R_SH_GOT10BY4:
6267	case R_SH_GOT10BY8:
6268#endif
6269	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6270	case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6271	  switch (r_type)
6272	    {
6273	    default:
6274	      got_type = GOT_NORMAL;
6275	      break;
6276	    case R_SH_TLS_GD_32:
6277	      got_type = GOT_TLS_GD;
6278	      break;
6279	    case R_SH_TLS_IE_32:
6280	      got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6281	      break;
6282	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC:
6283	    case R_SH_GOTFUNCDESC20:
6284	      got_type = GOT_FUNCDESC;
6285	      break;
6286	    }
6287
6288	  if (h != NULL)
6289	    {
6290#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6291	      if (seen_stt_datalabel)
6292		{
6293		  struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh
6294		    = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
6295
6296		  eh->datalabel_got.refcount += 1;
6297		}
6298	      else
6299#endif
6300		h->got.refcount += 1;
6301	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6302	    }
6303	  else
6304	    {
6305	      bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
6306
6307	      /* This is a global offset table entry for a local
6308		 symbol.  */
6309	      local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
6310	      if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6311		{
6312		  bfd_size_type size;
6313
6314		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6315		  size *= sizeof (bfd_signed_vma);
6316#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6317		  /* Reserve space for both the datalabel and
6318		     codelabel local GOT offsets.  */
6319		  size *= 2;
6320#endif
6321		  size += symtab_hdr->sh_info;
6322		  local_got_refcounts = ((bfd_signed_vma *)
6323					 bfd_zalloc (abfd, size));
6324		  if (local_got_refcounts == NULL)
6325		    return FALSE;
6326		  elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd) = local_got_refcounts;
6327#ifdef 	INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6328		  /* Take care of both the datalabel and codelabel local
6329		     GOT offsets.  */
6330		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6331		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + 2 * symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6332#else
6333		  sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd)
6334		    = (char *) (local_got_refcounts + symtab_hdr->sh_info);
6335#endif
6336		}
6337#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6338	      if (rel->r_addend & 1)
6339		local_got_refcounts[symtab_hdr->sh_info + r_symndx] += 1;
6340	      else
6341#endif
6342		local_got_refcounts[r_symndx] += 1;
6343	      old_got_type = sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx];
6344	    }
6345
6346	  /* If a TLS symbol is accessed using IE at least once,
6347	     there is no point to use dynamic model for it.  */
6348	  if (old_got_type != got_type && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN
6349	      && (old_got_type != GOT_TLS_GD || got_type != GOT_TLS_IE))
6350	    {
6351	      if (old_got_type == GOT_TLS_IE && got_type == GOT_TLS_GD)
6352		got_type = GOT_TLS_IE;
6353	      else
6354		{
6355		  if ((old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6356		      && (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL || got_type == GOT_NORMAL))
6357		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6358		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6359		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6360		  else if (old_got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC
6361			   || got_type == GOT_FUNCDESC)
6362		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6363		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6364		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6365		  else
6366		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6367		    (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and thread local symbol"),
6368		     abfd, h->root.root.string);
6369		  return FALSE;
6370		}
6371	    }
6372
6373	  if (old_got_type != got_type)
6374	    {
6375	      if (h != NULL)
6376		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type = got_type;
6377	      else
6378		sh_elf_local_got_type (abfd) [r_symndx] = got_type;
6379	    }
6380
6381	  break;
6382
6383	case R_SH_TLS_LD_32:
6384	  sh_elf_hash_table(info)->tls_ldm_got.refcount += 1;
6385	  break;
6386
6387	case R_SH_FUNCDESC:
6388	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC:
6389	case R_SH_GOTOFFFUNCDESC20:
6390	  if (rel->r_addend)
6391	    {
6392	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
6393		(_("%B: Function descriptor relocation with non-zero addend"),
6394		 abfd);
6395	      return FALSE;
6396	    }
6397
6398	  if (h == NULL)
6399	    {
6400	      union gotref *local_funcdesc;
6401
6402	      /* We need a function descriptor for a local symbol.  */
6403	      local_funcdesc = sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd);
6404	      if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6405		{
6406		  bfd_size_type size;
6407
6408		  size = symtab_hdr->sh_info * sizeof (union gotref);
6409#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6410		  /* Count datalabel local GOT.  */
6411		  size *= 2;
6412#endif
6413		  local_funcdesc = (union gotref *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, size);
6414		  if (local_funcdesc == NULL)
6415		    return FALSE;
6416		  sh_elf_local_funcdesc (abfd) = local_funcdesc;
6417		}
6418	      local_funcdesc[r_symndx].refcount += 1;
6419
6420	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6421		{
6422		  if (!info->shared)
6423		    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6424		  else
6425		    htab->srelgot->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
6426		}
6427	    }
6428	  else
6429	    {
6430	      sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->funcdesc.refcount++;
6431	      if (r_type == R_SH_FUNCDESC)
6432		sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->abs_funcdesc_refcount++;
6433
6434	      /* If there is a function descriptor reference, then
6435		 there should not be any non-FDPIC references.  */
6436	      old_got_type = sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type;
6437	      if (old_got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC && old_got_type != GOT_UNKNOWN)
6438		{
6439		  if (old_got_type == GOT_NORMAL)
6440		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6441		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as normal and FDPIC symbol"),
6442		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6443		  else
6444		    (*_bfd_error_handler)
6445		      (_("%B: `%s' accessed both as FDPIC and thread local symbol"),
6446		       abfd, h->root.root.string);
6447		}
6448	    }
6449	  break;
6450
6451	case R_SH_GOTPLT32:
6452#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6453	case R_SH_GOTPLT_LOW16:
6454	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDLOW16:
6455	case R_SH_GOTPLT_MEDHI16:
6456	case R_SH_GOTPLT_HI16:
6457	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY4:
6458	case R_SH_GOTPLT10BY8:
6459#endif
6460	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6461	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6462
6463	  if (h == NULL
6464	      || h->forced_local
6465	      || ! info->shared
6466	      || info->symbolic
6467	      || h->dynindx == -1)
6468	    goto force_got;
6469
6470	  h->needs_plt = 1;
6471	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
6472	  ((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->gotplt_refcount += 1;
6473
6474	  break;
6475
6476	case R_SH_PLT32:
6477#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6478	case R_SH_PLT_LOW16:
6479	case R_SH_PLT_MEDLOW16:
6480	case R_SH_PLT_MEDHI16:
6481	case R_SH_PLT_HI16:
6482#endif
6483	  /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry.  We
6484	     actually build the entry in adjust_dynamic_symbol,
6485	     because this might be a case of linking PIC code which is
6486	     never referenced by a dynamic object, in which case we
6487	     don't need to generate a procedure linkage table entry
6488	     after all.  */
6489
6490	  /* If this is a local symbol, we resolve it directly without
6491	     creating a procedure linkage table entry.  */
6492	  if (h == NULL)
6493	    continue;
6494
6495	  if (h->forced_local)
6496	    break;
6497
6498	  h->needs_plt = 1;
6499	  h->plt.refcount += 1;
6500	  break;
6501
6502	case R_SH_DIR32:
6503	case R_SH_REL32:
6504#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6505	case R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL:
6506	case R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL:
6507	case R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL:
6508	case R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL:
6509#endif
6510	  if (h != NULL && ! info->shared)
6511	    {
6512	      h->non_got_ref = 1;
6513	      h->plt.refcount += 1;
6514	    }
6515
6516	  /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
6517	     against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
6518	     against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
6519	     into the shared library.  However, if we are linking with
6520	     -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
6521	     global symbol which is defined in an object we are
6522	     including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set).  At
6523	     this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
6524	     possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
6525	     later (it is never cleared).  We account for that
6526	     possibility below by storing information in the
6527	     dyn_relocs field of the hash table entry. A similar
6528	     situation occurs when creating shared libraries and symbol
6529	     visibility changes render the symbol local.
6530
6531	     If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
6532	     may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
6533	     dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
6534	     symbol.  */
6535	  if ((info->shared
6536	       && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6537	       && (r_type != R_SH_REL32
6538		   || (h != NULL
6539		       && (! info->symbolic
6540			   || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6541			   || !h->def_regular))))
6542	      || (! info->shared
6543		  && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6544		  && h != NULL
6545		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
6546		      || !h->def_regular)))
6547	    {
6548	      struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs *p;
6549	      struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **head;
6550
6551	      if (htab->root.dynobj == NULL)
6552		htab->root.dynobj = abfd;
6553
6554	      /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
6555		 reloc types into the output file.  We create a reloc
6556		 section in dynobj and make room for this reloc.  */
6557	      if (sreloc == NULL)
6558		{
6559		  sreloc = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
6560		    (sec, htab->root.dynobj, 2, abfd, /*rela?*/ TRUE);
6561
6562		  if (sreloc == NULL)
6563		    return FALSE;
6564		}
6565
6566	      /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
6567		 relocations we need for this symbol.  */
6568	      if (h != NULL)
6569		head = &((struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h)->dyn_relocs;
6570	      else
6571		{
6572		  /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.  */
6573		  asection *s;
6574		  void *vpp;
6575		  Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
6576
6577		  isym = bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab->sym_cache,
6578						abfd, r_symndx);
6579		  if (isym == NULL)
6580		    return FALSE;
6581
6582		  s = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
6583		  if (s == NULL)
6584		    s = sec;
6585
6586		  vpp = &elf_section_data (s)->local_dynrel;
6587		  head = (struct elf_sh_dyn_relocs **) vpp;
6588		}
6589
6590	      p = *head;
6591	      if (p == NULL || p->sec != sec)
6592		{
6593		  bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*p);
6594		  p = bfd_alloc (htab->root.dynobj, amt);
6595		  if (p == NULL)
6596		    return FALSE;
6597		  p->next = *head;
6598		  *head = p;
6599		  p->sec = sec;
6600		  p->count = 0;
6601		  p->pc_count = 0;
6602		}
6603
6604	      p->count += 1;
6605	      if (r_type == R_SH_REL32
6606#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
6607		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_LOW16_PCREL
6608		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDLOW16_PCREL
6609		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_MEDHI16_PCREL
6610		  || r_type == R_SH_IMM_HI16_PCREL
6611#endif
6612		  )
6613		p->pc_count += 1;
6614	    }
6615
6616	  /* Allocate the fixup regardless of whether we need a relocation.
6617	     If we end up generating the relocation, we'll unallocate the
6618	     fixup.  */
6619	  if (htab->fdpic_p && !info->shared
6620	      && r_type == R_SH_DIR32
6621	      && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6622	    htab->srofixup->size += 4;
6623	  break;
6624
6625	case R_SH_TLS_LE_32:
6626	  if (info->shared)
6627	    {
6628	      (*_bfd_error_handler)
6629		(_("%B: TLS local exec code cannot be linked into shared objects"),
6630		 abfd);
6631	      return FALSE;
6632	    }
6633
6634	  break;
6635
6636	case R_SH_TLS_LDO_32:
6637	  /* Nothing to do.  */
6638	  break;
6639
6640	default:
6641	  break;
6642	}
6643    }
6644
6645  return TRUE;
6646}
6647
6648#ifndef sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags
6649static unsigned int sh_ef_bfd_table[] = { EF_SH_BFD_TABLE };
6650
6651static bfd_boolean
6652sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (bfd *abfd)
6653{
6654  flagword flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6655
6656  if (flags >= sizeof(sh_ef_bfd_table))
6657    return FALSE;
6658
6659  if (sh_ef_bfd_table[flags] == 0)
6660    return FALSE;
6661
6662  bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, bfd_arch_sh, sh_ef_bfd_table[flags]);
6663
6664  return TRUE;
6665}
6666
6667
6668/* Reverse table lookup for sh_ef_bfd_table[].
6669   Given a bfd MACH value from archures.c
6670   return the equivalent ELF flags from the table.
6671   Return -1 if no match is found.  */
6672
6673int
6674sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (unsigned long mach)
6675{
6676  int i = ARRAY_SIZE (sh_ef_bfd_table) - 1;
6677
6678  for (; i>0; i--)
6679    if (sh_ef_bfd_table[i] == mach)
6680      return i;
6681
6682  /* shouldn't get here */
6683  BFD_FAIL();
6684
6685  return -1;
6686}
6687#endif /* not sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags */
6688
6689#ifndef sh_elf_set_private_flags
6690/* Function to keep SH specific file flags.  */
6691
6692static bfd_boolean
6693sh_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
6694{
6695  BFD_ASSERT (! elf_flags_init (abfd)
6696	      || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
6697
6698  elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
6699  elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
6700  return sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd);
6701}
6702#endif /* not sh_elf_set_private_flags */
6703
6704#ifndef sh_elf_copy_private_data
6705/* Copy backend specific data from one object module to another */
6706
6707static bfd_boolean
6708sh_elf_copy_private_data (bfd * ibfd, bfd * obfd)
6709{
6710  /* Copy object attributes.  */
6711  _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
6712
6713  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6714    return TRUE;
6715
6716  /* Copy the stack size.  */
6717  if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr && elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr
6718      && fdpic_object_p (ibfd) && fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6719    {
6720      unsigned i;
6721
6722      for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6723	if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6724	  {
6725	    Elf_Internal_Phdr *iphdr = &elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr[i];
6726
6727	    for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum; i++)
6728	      if (elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i].p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6729		{
6730		  memcpy (&elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr[i], iphdr, sizeof (*iphdr));
6731
6732		  /* Rewrite the phdrs, since we're only called after they
6733		     were first written.  */
6734		  if (bfd_seek (obfd,
6735				(bfd_signed_vma) get_elf_backend_data (obfd)
6736				->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
6737		      || get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->s
6738		      ->write_out_phdrs (obfd, elf_tdata (obfd)->phdr,
6739					 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_phnum) != 0)
6740		    return FALSE;
6741		  break;
6742		}
6743
6744	    break;
6745	  }
6746    }
6747
6748  return sh_elf_set_private_flags (obfd, elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags);
6749}
6750#endif /* not sh_elf_copy_private_data */
6751
6752#ifndef sh_elf_merge_private_data
6753
6754/* This function returns the ELF architecture number that
6755   corresponds to the given arch_sh* flags.  */
6756
6757int
6758sh_find_elf_flags (unsigned int arch_set)
6759{
6760  extern unsigned long sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (unsigned int);
6761  unsigned long bfd_mach = sh_get_bfd_mach_from_arch_set (arch_set);
6762
6763  return sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_mach);
6764}
6765
6766/* This routine initialises the elf flags when required and
6767   calls sh_merge_bfd_arch() to check dsp/fpu compatibility.  */
6768
6769static bfd_boolean
6770sh_elf_merge_private_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6771{
6772  extern bfd_boolean sh_merge_bfd_arch (bfd *, bfd *);
6773
6774  if (! is_sh_elf (ibfd) || ! is_sh_elf (obfd))
6775    return TRUE;
6776
6777  if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
6778    {
6779      /* This happens when ld starts out with a 'blank' output file.  */
6780      elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
6781      elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
6782      sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (obfd);
6783      if (elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC)
6784	elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_SH_PIC;
6785    }
6786
6787  if (! sh_merge_bfd_arch (ibfd, obfd))
6788    {
6789      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: uses instructions which are incompatible "
6790			  "with instructions used in previous modules",
6791			  ibfd);
6792      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6793      return FALSE;
6794    }
6795
6796  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_SH_MACH_MASK;
6797  elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |=
6798    sh_elf_get_flags_from_mach (bfd_get_mach (obfd));
6799
6800  if (fdpic_object_p (ibfd) != fdpic_object_p (obfd))
6801    {
6802      _bfd_error_handler ("%B: attempt to mix FDPIC and non-FDPIC objects",
6803			  ibfd);
6804      bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6805      return FALSE;
6806    }
6807
6808  return TRUE;
6809}
6810#endif /* not sh_elf_merge_private_data */
6811
6812/* Override the generic function because we need to store sh_elf_obj_tdata
6813   as the specific tdata.  We set also the machine architecture from flags
6814   here.  */
6815
6816static bfd_boolean
6817sh_elf_object_p (bfd *abfd)
6818{
6819  if (! sh_elf_set_mach_from_flags (abfd))
6820    return FALSE;
6821
6822  return (((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_SH_FDPIC) != 0)
6823	  == fdpic_object_p (abfd));
6824}
6825
6826/* Finish up dynamic symbol handling.  We set the contents of various
6827   dynamic sections here.  */
6828
6829static bfd_boolean
6830sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
6831			      struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6832			      Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
6833{
6834  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
6835
6836  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
6837  if (htab == NULL)
6838    return FALSE;
6839
6840  if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
6841    {
6842      asection *splt;
6843      asection *sgotplt;
6844      asection *srelplt;
6845
6846      bfd_vma plt_index;
6847      bfd_vma got_offset;
6848      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
6849      bfd_byte *loc;
6850      const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
6851
6852      /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.  Set
6853	 it up.  */
6854
6855      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
6856
6857      splt = htab->splt;
6858      sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
6859      srelplt = htab->srelplt;
6860      BFD_ASSERT (splt != NULL && sgotplt != NULL && srelplt != NULL);
6861
6862      /* Get the index in the procedure linkage table which
6863	 corresponds to this symbol.  This is the index of this symbol
6864	 in all the symbols for which we are making plt entries.  The
6865	 first entry in the procedure linkage table is reserved.  */
6866      plt_index = get_plt_index (htab->plt_info, h->plt.offset);
6867
6868      plt_info = htab->plt_info;
6869      if (plt_info->short_plt != NULL && plt_index <= MAX_SHORT_PLT)
6870	plt_info = plt_info->short_plt;
6871
6872      /* Get the offset into the .got table of the entry that
6873	 corresponds to this function.  */
6874      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6875	/* The offset must be relative to the GOT symbol, twelve bytes
6876	   before the end of .got.plt.  Each descriptor is eight
6877	   bytes.  */
6878	got_offset = plt_index * 8 + 12 - sgotplt->size;
6879      else
6880	/* Each .got entry is 4 bytes.  The first three are
6881	   reserved.  */
6882	got_offset = (plt_index + 3) * 4;
6883
6884#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6885      if (info->shared)
6886	got_offset -= GOT_BIAS;
6887#endif
6888
6889      /* Fill in the entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
6890      memcpy (splt->contents + h->plt.offset,
6891	      plt_info->symbol_entry,
6892	      plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6893
6894      if (info->shared || htab->fdpic_p)
6895	{
6896	  if (plt_info->symbol_fields.got20)
6897	    {
6898	      bfd_reloc_status_type r;
6899	      r = install_movi20_field (output_bfd, got_offset,
6900					splt->owner, splt, splt->contents,
6901					h->plt.offset
6902					+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
6903	      BFD_ASSERT (r == bfd_reloc_ok);
6904	    }
6905	  else
6906	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE, got_offset,
6907			       (splt->contents
6908				+ h->plt.offset
6909				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6910	}
6911      else
6912	{
6913	  BFD_ASSERT (!plt_info->symbol_fields.got20);
6914
6915	  install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6916			     (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6917			      + sgotplt->output_offset
6918			      + got_offset),
6919			     (splt->contents
6920			      + h->plt.offset
6921			      + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry));
6922	  if (htab->vxworks_p)
6923	    {
6924	      unsigned int reachable_plts, plts_per_4k;
6925	      int distance;
6926
6927	      /* Divide the PLT into groups.  The first group contains
6928		 REACHABLE_PLTS entries and the other groups contain
6929		 PLTS_PER_4K entries.  Entries in the first group can
6930		 branch directly to .plt; those in later groups branch
6931		 to the last element of the previous group.  */
6932	      /* ??? It would be better to create multiple copies of
6933		 the common resolver stub.  */
6934	      reachable_plts = ((4096
6935				 - plt_info->plt0_entry_size
6936				 - (plt_info->symbol_fields.plt + 4))
6937				/ plt_info->symbol_entry_size) + 1;
6938	      plts_per_4k = (4096 / plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6939	      if (plt_index < reachable_plts)
6940		distance = -(h->plt.offset
6941			     + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt);
6942	      else
6943		distance = -(((plt_index - reachable_plts) % plts_per_4k + 1)
6944			     * plt_info->symbol_entry_size);
6945
6946	      /* Install the 'bra' with this offset.  */
6947	      bfd_put_16 (output_bfd,
6948			  0xa000 | (0x0fff & ((distance - 4) / 2)),
6949			  (splt->contents
6950			   + h->plt.offset
6951			   + plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6952	    }
6953	  else
6954	    install_plt_field (output_bfd, TRUE,
6955			       splt->output_section->vma + splt->output_offset,
6956			       (splt->contents
6957				+ h->plt.offset
6958				+ plt_info->symbol_fields.plt));
6959	}
6960
6961      /* Make got_offset relative to the start of .got.plt.  */
6962#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6963      if (info->shared)
6964	got_offset += GOT_BIAS;
6965#endif
6966      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6967	got_offset = plt_index * 8;
6968
6969      if (plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset != MINUS_ONE)
6970	install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
6971			   plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela),
6972			   (splt->contents
6973			    + h->plt.offset
6974			    + plt_info->symbol_fields.reloc_offset));
6975
6976      /* Fill in the entry in the global offset table.  */
6977      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6978		  (splt->output_section->vma
6979		   + splt->output_offset
6980		   + h->plt.offset
6981		   + plt_info->symbol_resolve_offset),
6982		  sgotplt->contents + got_offset);
6983      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6984	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
6985		    sh_elf_osec_to_segment (output_bfd,
6986					    htab->splt->output_section),
6987		    sgotplt->contents + got_offset + 4);
6988
6989      /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section.  */
6990      rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
6991		      + sgotplt->output_offset
6992		      + got_offset);
6993      if (htab->fdpic_p)
6994	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_FUNCDESC_VALUE);
6995      else
6996	rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_JMP_SLOT);
6997      rel.r_addend = 0;
6998#ifdef GOT_BIAS
6999      rel.r_addend = GOT_BIAS;
7000#endif
7001      loc = srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7002      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7003
7004      if (htab->vxworks_p && !info->shared)
7005	{
7006	  /* Create the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations for this PLT entry.
7007	     Begin by pointing LOC to the first such relocation.  */
7008	  loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
7009		 + (plt_index * 2 + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
7010
7011	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation
7012	     for the PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt entry.  */
7013	  rel.r_offset = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
7014			  + htab->splt->output_offset
7015			  + h->plt.offset
7016			  + plt_info->symbol_fields.got_entry);
7017	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7018	  rel.r_addend = got_offset;
7019	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7020	  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7021
7022	  /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for
7023	     the .got.plt entry, which initially points to .plt.  */
7024	  rel.r_offset = (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7025			  + sgotplt->output_offset
7026			  + got_offset);
7027	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7028	  rel.r_addend = 0;
7029	  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7030	}
7031
7032      if (!h->def_regular)
7033	{
7034	  /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as defined in
7035	     the .plt section.  Leave the value alone.  */
7036	  sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7037	}
7038    }
7039
7040  if (h->got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1
7041      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_GD
7042      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_TLS_IE
7043      && sh_elf_hash_entry (h)->got_type != GOT_FUNCDESC)
7044    {
7045      asection *sgot;
7046      asection *srelgot;
7047      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7048      bfd_byte *loc;
7049
7050      /* This symbol has an entry in the global offset table.  Set it
7051	 up.  */
7052
7053      sgot = htab->sgot;
7054      srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7055      BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7056
7057      rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7058		      + sgot->output_offset
7059		      + (h->got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7060
7061      /* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7062	 symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7063	 of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7064	 The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7065	 initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7066      if (info->shared
7067	  && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7068	{
7069	  if (htab->fdpic_p)
7070	    {
7071	      asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7072	      int dynindx
7073		= elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7074
7075	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7076	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7077			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7078	    }
7079	  else
7080	    {
7081	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7082	      rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7083			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7084			      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7085	    }
7086	}
7087      else
7088	{
7089	  bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents + h->got.offset);
7090	  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7091	  rel.r_addend = 0;
7092	}
7093
7094      loc = srelgot->contents;
7095      loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7096      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7097    }
7098
7099#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7100  {
7101    struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *eh;
7102
7103    eh = (struct elf_sh_link_hash_entry *) h;
7104    if (eh->datalabel_got.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
7105      {
7106	asection *sgot;
7107	asection *srelgot;
7108	Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7109	bfd_byte *loc;
7110
7111	/* This symbol has a datalabel entry in the global offset table.
7112	   Set it up.  */
7113
7114	sgot = htab->sgot;
7115	srelgot = htab->srelgot;
7116	BFD_ASSERT (sgot != NULL && srelgot != NULL);
7117
7118	rel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
7119			+ sgot->output_offset
7120			+ (eh->datalabel_got.offset &~ (bfd_vma) 1));
7121
7122	/* If this is a static link, or it is a -Bsymbolic link and the
7123	   symbol is defined locally or was forced to be local because
7124	   of a version file, we just want to emit a RELATIVE reloc.
7125	   The entry in the global offset table will already have been
7126	   initialized in the relocate_section function.  */
7127	if (info->shared
7128	    && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h))
7129	  {
7130	    if (htab->fdpic_p)
7131	      {
7132		asection *sec = h->root.u.def.section;
7133		int dynindx
7134		  = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
7135
7136		rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (dynindx, R_SH_DIR32);
7137		rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7138				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7139	      }
7140	    else
7141	      {
7142		rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_SH_RELATIVE);
7143		rel.r_addend = (h->root.u.def.value
7144				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7145				+ h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7146	      }
7147	  }
7148	else
7149	  {
7150	    bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents
7151			+ eh->datalabel_got.offset);
7152	    rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_GLOB_DAT);
7153	    rel.r_addend = 0;
7154	  }
7155
7156	loc = srelgot->contents;
7157	loc += srelgot->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7158	bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7159      }
7160  }
7161#endif
7162
7163  if (h->needs_copy)
7164    {
7165      asection *s;
7166      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7167      bfd_byte *loc;
7168
7169      /* This symbol needs a copy reloc.  Set it up.  */
7170
7171      BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
7172		  && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
7173		      || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak));
7174
7175      s = bfd_get_section_by_name (h->root.u.def.section->owner,
7176				   ".rela.bss");
7177      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7178
7179      rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.value
7180		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7181		      + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7182      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_SH_COPY);
7183      rel.r_addend = 0;
7184      loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7185      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7186    }
7187
7188  /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute.  On VxWorks,
7189     _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ is not absolute: it is relative to the
7190     ".got" section.  */
7191  if (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_DYNAMIC") == 0
7192      || (!htab->vxworks_p && h == htab->root.hgot))
7193    sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
7194
7195  return TRUE;
7196}
7197
7198/* Finish up the dynamic sections.  */
7199
7200static bfd_boolean
7201sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7202{
7203  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab;
7204  asection *sgotplt;
7205  asection *sdyn;
7206
7207  htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7208  if (htab == NULL)
7209    return FALSE;
7210
7211  sgotplt = htab->sgotplt;
7212  sdyn = bfd_get_section_by_name (htab->root.dynobj, ".dynamic");
7213
7214  if (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created)
7215    {
7216      asection *splt;
7217      Elf32_External_Dyn *dyncon, *dynconend;
7218
7219      BFD_ASSERT (sgotplt != NULL && sdyn != NULL);
7220
7221      dyncon = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) sdyn->contents;
7222      dynconend = (Elf32_External_Dyn *) (sdyn->contents + sdyn->size);
7223      for (; dyncon < dynconend; dyncon++)
7224	{
7225	  Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
7226	  asection *s;
7227#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7228	  const char *name;
7229#endif
7230
7231	  bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (htab->root.dynobj, dyncon, &dyn);
7232
7233	  switch (dyn.d_tag)
7234	    {
7235	    default:
7236	      if (htab->vxworks_p
7237		  && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
7238		bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7239	      break;
7240
7241#ifdef INCLUDE_SHMEDIA
7242	    case DT_INIT:
7243	      name = info->init_function;
7244	      goto get_sym;
7245
7246	    case DT_FINI:
7247	      name = info->fini_function;
7248	    get_sym:
7249	      if (dyn.d_un.d_val != 0)
7250		{
7251		  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7252
7253		  h = elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab->root, name,
7254					    FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
7255		  if (h != NULL && (h->other & STO_SH5_ISA32))
7256		    {
7257		      dyn.d_un.d_val |= 1;
7258		      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7259		    }
7260		}
7261	      break;
7262#endif
7263
7264	    case DT_PLTGOT:
7265	      BFD_ASSERT (htab->root.hgot != NULL);
7266	      s = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section;
7267	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value
7268		+ s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
7269	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7270	      break;
7271
7272	    case DT_JMPREL:
7273	      s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7274	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7275	      dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
7276	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7277	      break;
7278
7279	    case DT_PLTRELSZ:
7280	      s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7281	      BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7282	      dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size;
7283	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7284	      break;
7285
7286	    case DT_RELASZ:
7287	      /* My reading of the SVR4 ABI indicates that the
7288		 procedure linkage table relocs (DT_JMPREL) should be
7289		 included in the overall relocs (DT_RELA).  This is
7290		 what Solaris does.  However, UnixWare can not handle
7291		 that case.  Therefore, we override the DT_RELASZ entry
7292		 here to make it not include the JMPREL relocs.  Since
7293		 the linker script arranges for .rela.plt to follow all
7294		 other relocation sections, we don't have to worry
7295		 about changing the DT_RELA entry.  */
7296	      if (htab->srelplt != NULL)
7297		{
7298		  s = htab->srelplt->output_section;
7299		  dyn.d_un.d_val -= s->size;
7300		}
7301	      bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd, &dyn, dyncon);
7302	      break;
7303	    }
7304	}
7305
7306      /* Fill in the first entry in the procedure linkage table.  */
7307      splt = htab->splt;
7308      if (splt && splt->size > 0 && htab->plt_info->plt0_entry)
7309	{
7310	  unsigned int i;
7311
7312	  memcpy (splt->contents,
7313		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry,
7314		  htab->plt_info->plt0_entry_size);
7315	  for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields); i++)
7316	    if (htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i] != MINUS_ONE)
7317	      install_plt_field (output_bfd, FALSE,
7318				 (sgotplt->output_section->vma
7319				  + sgotplt->output_offset
7320				  + (i * 4)),
7321				 (splt->contents
7322				  + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[i]));
7323
7324	  if (htab->vxworks_p)
7325	    {
7326	      /* Finalize the .rela.plt.unloaded contents.  */
7327	      Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
7328	      bfd_byte *loc;
7329
7330	      /* Create a .rela.plt.unloaded R_SH_DIR32 relocation for the
7331		 first PLT entry's pointer to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ + 8.  */
7332	      loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
7333	      rel.r_offset = (splt->output_section->vma
7334			      + splt->output_offset
7335			      + htab->plt_info->plt0_got_fields[2]);
7336	      rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_SH_DIR32);
7337	      rel.r_addend = 8;
7338	      bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7339	      loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7340
7341	      /* Fix up the remaining .rela.plt.unloaded relocations.
7342		 They may have the wrong symbol index for _G_O_T_ or
7343		 _P_L_T_ depending on the order in which symbols were
7344		 output.  */
7345	      while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
7346		{
7347		  /* The PLT entry's pointer to the .got.plt slot.  */
7348		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7349		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx,
7350					     R_SH_DIR32);
7351		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7352		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7353
7354		  /* The .got.plt slot's pointer to .plt.  */
7355		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
7356		  rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx,
7357					     R_SH_DIR32);
7358		  bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
7359		  loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
7360		}
7361	    }
7362
7363	  /* UnixWare sets the entsize of .plt to 4, although that doesn't
7364	     really seem like the right value.  */
7365	  elf_section_data (splt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7366	}
7367    }
7368
7369  /* Fill in the first three entries in the global offset table.  */
7370  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0 && !htab->fdpic_p)
7371    {
7372      if (sdyn == NULL)
7373	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents);
7374      else
7375	bfd_put_32 (output_bfd,
7376		    sdyn->output_section->vma + sdyn->output_offset,
7377		    sgotplt->contents);
7378      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 4);
7379      bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgotplt->contents + 8);
7380    }
7381
7382  if (sgotplt && sgotplt->size > 0)
7383    elf_section_data (sgotplt->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize = 4;
7384
7385  /* At the very end of the .rofixup section is a pointer to the GOT.  */
7386  if (htab->fdpic_p && htab->srofixup != NULL)
7387    {
7388      struct elf_link_hash_entry *hgot = htab->root.hgot;
7389      bfd_vma got_value = hgot->root.u.def.value
7390	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7391	+ hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset;
7392
7393      sh_elf_add_rofixup (output_bfd, htab->srofixup, got_value);
7394
7395      /* Make sure we allocated and generated the same number of fixups.  */
7396      BFD_ASSERT (htab->srofixup->reloc_count * 4 == htab->srofixup->size);
7397    }
7398
7399  if (htab->srelfuncdesc)
7400    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelfuncdesc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7401		== htab->srelfuncdesc->size);
7402
7403  if (htab->srelgot)
7404    BFD_ASSERT (htab->srelgot->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)
7405		== htab->srelgot->size);
7406
7407  return TRUE;
7408}
7409
7410static enum elf_reloc_type_class
7411sh_elf_reloc_type_class (const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela)
7412{
7413  switch ((int) ELF32_R_TYPE (rela->r_info))
7414    {
7415    case R_SH_RELATIVE:
7416      return reloc_class_relative;
7417    case R_SH_JMP_SLOT:
7418      return reloc_class_plt;
7419    case R_SH_COPY:
7420      return reloc_class_copy;
7421    default:
7422      return reloc_class_normal;
7423    }
7424}
7425
7426#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7427/* Support for Linux core dump NOTE sections.  */
7428
7429static bfd_boolean
7430elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7431{
7432  int offset;
7433  unsigned int size;
7434
7435  switch (note->descsz)
7436    {
7437      default:
7438	return FALSE;
7439
7440      case 168:		/* Linux/SH */
7441	/* pr_cursig */
7442	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_signal = bfd_get_16 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
7443
7444	/* pr_pid */
7445	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_lwpid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 24);
7446
7447	/* pr_reg */
7448	offset = 72;
7449	size = 92;
7450
7451	break;
7452    }
7453
7454  /* Make a ".reg/999" section.  */
7455  return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
7456					  size, note->descpos + offset);
7457}
7458
7459static bfd_boolean
7460elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
7461{
7462  switch (note->descsz)
7463    {
7464      default:
7465	return FALSE;
7466
7467      case 124:		/* Linux/SH elf_prpsinfo */
7468	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_program
7469	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 28, 16);
7470	elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command
7471	 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 44, 80);
7472    }
7473
7474  /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
7475     onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
7476     implementations, so strip it off if it exists.  */
7477
7478  {
7479    char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core_command;
7480    int n = strlen (command);
7481
7482    if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
7483      command[n - 1] = '\0';
7484  }
7485
7486  return TRUE;
7487}
7488#endif /* not SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7489
7490
7491/* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
7492   or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included.  */
7493
7494static bfd_vma
7495sh_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
7496		    const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7497{
7498  const struct elf_sh_plt_info *plt_info;
7499
7500  plt_info = get_plt_info (plt->owner, (plt->owner->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0);
7501  return plt->vma + get_plt_offset (plt_info, i);
7502}
7503
7504/* Decide whether to attempt to turn absptr or lsda encodings in
7505   shared libraries into pcrel within the given input section.  */
7506
7507static bfd_boolean
7508sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame (bfd *input_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7509			      struct bfd_link_info *info,
7510			      asection *eh_frame_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7511{
7512  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7513
7514  /* We can't use PC-relative encodings in FDPIC binaries, in general.  */
7515  if (htab->fdpic_p)
7516    return FALSE;
7517
7518  return TRUE;
7519}
7520
7521/* Adjust the contents of an eh_frame_hdr section before they're output.  */
7522
7523static bfd_byte
7524sh_elf_encode_eh_address (bfd *abfd,
7525			  struct bfd_link_info *info,
7526			  asection *osec, bfd_vma offset,
7527			  asection *loc_sec, bfd_vma loc_offset,
7528			  bfd_vma *encoded)
7529{
7530  struct elf_sh_link_hash_table *htab = sh_elf_hash_table (info);
7531  struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7532
7533  if (!htab->fdpic_p)
7534    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset, loc_sec,
7535				       loc_offset, encoded);
7536
7537  h = htab->root.hgot;
7538  BFD_ASSERT (h && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined);
7539
7540  if (! h || (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7541	      == sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, loc_sec->output_section)))
7542    return _bfd_elf_encode_eh_address (abfd, info, osec, offset,
7543				       loc_sec, loc_offset, encoded);
7544
7545  BFD_ASSERT (sh_elf_osec_to_segment (abfd, osec)
7546	      == (sh_elf_osec_to_segment
7547		  (abfd, h->root.u.def.section->output_section)));
7548
7549  *encoded = osec->vma + offset
7550    - (h->root.u.def.value
7551       + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
7552       + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
7553
7554  return DW_EH_PE_datarel | DW_EH_PE_sdata4;
7555}
7556
7557#if !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7558#define TARGET_BIG_SYM		bfd_elf32_sh_vec
7559#define TARGET_BIG_NAME		"elf32-sh"
7560#define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM	bfd_elf32_shl_vec
7561#define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME	"elf32-shl"
7562#endif
7563
7564#define ELF_ARCH		bfd_arch_sh
7565#define ELF_TARGET_ID		SH_ELF_DATA
7566#define ELF_MACHINE_CODE	EM_SH
7567#ifdef __QNXTARGET__
7568#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x1000
7569#else
7570#define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE		0x80
7571#endif
7572
7573#define elf_symbol_leading_char '_'
7574
7575#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup	sh_elf_reloc_type_lookup
7576#define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup \
7577					sh_elf_reloc_name_lookup
7578#define elf_info_to_howto		sh_elf_info_to_howto
7579#define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section	sh_elf_relax_section
7580#define elf_backend_relocate_section	sh_elf_relocate_section
7581#define bfd_elf32_bfd_get_relocated_section_contents \
7582					sh_elf_get_relocated_section_contents
7583#define bfd_elf32_mkobject		sh_elf_mkobject
7584#define elf_backend_object_p		sh_elf_object_p
7585#define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_bfd_flags \
7586					sh_elf_set_private_flags
7587#define bfd_elf32_bfd_copy_private_bfd_data \
7588					sh_elf_copy_private_data
7589#define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data \
7590					sh_elf_merge_private_data
7591
7592#define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook	sh_elf_gc_mark_hook
7593#define elf_backend_gc_sweep_hook	sh_elf_gc_sweep_hook
7594#define elf_backend_check_relocs	sh_elf_check_relocs
7595#define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol \
7596					sh_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
7597#define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections \
7598					sh_elf_create_dynamic_sections
7599#define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
7600					sh_elf_link_hash_table_create
7601#define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol \
7602					sh_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
7603#define elf_backend_always_size_sections \
7604					sh_elf_always_size_sections
7605#define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections \
7606					sh_elf_size_dynamic_sections
7607#define elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym	sh_elf_omit_section_dynsym
7608#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol \
7609					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
7610#define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections \
7611					sh_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
7612#define elf_backend_reloc_type_class	sh_elf_reloc_type_class
7613#define elf_backend_plt_sym_val		sh_elf_plt_sym_val
7614#define elf_backend_can_make_relative_eh_frame \
7615					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7616#define elf_backend_can_make_lsda_relative_eh_frame \
7617					sh_elf_use_relative_eh_frame
7618#define elf_backend_encode_eh_address \
7619					sh_elf_encode_eh_address
7620
7621#define elf_backend_can_gc_sections	1
7622#define elf_backend_can_refcount	1
7623#define elf_backend_want_got_plt	1
7624#define elf_backend_plt_readonly	1
7625#define elf_backend_want_plt_sym	0
7626#define elf_backend_got_header_size	12
7627
7628#if !defined INCLUDE_SHMEDIA && !defined SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED
7629
7630#include "elf32-target.h"
7631
7632/* NetBSD support.  */
7633#undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
7634#define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_shnbsd_vec
7635#undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
7636#define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-nbsd"
7637#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7638#define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_shlnbsd_vec
7639#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7640#define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-nbsd"
7641#undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7642#define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x10000
7643#undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7644#undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
7645#define	elf_symbol_leading_char		0
7646#undef	elf32_bed
7647#define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_nbsd_bed
7648
7649#include "elf32-target.h"
7650
7651
7652/* Linux support.  */
7653#undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
7654#define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_shblin_vec
7655#undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
7656#define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-linux"
7657#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7658#define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_shlin_vec
7659#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7660#define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-linux"
7661#undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7662#define	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE		0x1000
7663
7664#undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7665#define	elf_backend_grok_prstatus	elf32_shlin_grok_prstatus
7666#undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7667#define	elf_backend_grok_psinfo		elf32_shlin_grok_psinfo
7668#undef	elf32_bed
7669#define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_lin_bed
7670
7671#include "elf32-target.h"
7672
7673
7674/* FDPIC support.  */
7675#undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
7676#define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_shbfd_vec
7677#undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
7678#define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-shbig-fdpic"
7679#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7680#define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_shfd_vec
7681#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7682#define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-sh-fdpic"
7683#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7684#define elf_backend_modify_program_headers \
7685					sh_elf_modify_program_headers
7686
7687#undef	elf32_bed
7688#define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_fd_bed
7689
7690#include "elf32-target.h"
7691
7692#undef elf_backend_modify_program_headers
7693
7694/* VxWorks support.  */
7695#undef	TARGET_BIG_SYM
7696#define	TARGET_BIG_SYM			bfd_elf32_shvxworks_vec
7697#undef	TARGET_BIG_NAME
7698#define	TARGET_BIG_NAME			"elf32-sh-vxworks"
7699#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
7700#define	TARGET_LITTLE_SYM		bfd_elf32_shlvxworks_vec
7701#undef	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
7702#define	TARGET_LITTLE_NAME		"elf32-shl-vxworks"
7703#undef	elf32_bed
7704#define	elf32_bed			elf32_sh_vxworks_bed
7705
7706#undef	elf_backend_want_plt_sym
7707#define	elf_backend_want_plt_sym	1
7708#undef	elf_symbol_leading_char
7709#define	elf_symbol_leading_char		'_'
7710#define	elf_backend_want_got_underscore 1
7711#undef	elf_backend_grok_prstatus
7712#undef	elf_backend_grok_psinfo
7713#undef	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
7714#define	elf_backend_add_symbol_hook	elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
7715#undef	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
7716#define	elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
7717					elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
7718#undef	elf_backend_emit_relocs
7719#define	elf_backend_emit_relocs		elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
7720#undef	elf_backend_final_write_processing
7721#define	elf_backend_final_write_processing \
7722					elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
7723#undef	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
7724#define	ELF_MAXPAGESIZE			0x1000
7725#undef	ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE
7726
7727#include "elf32-target.h"
7728
7729#endif /* neither INCLUDE_SHMEDIA nor SH_TARGET_ALREADY_DEFINED */
7730